1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions. 4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information. 5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception 6 // 7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 8 // 9 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 10 // 11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 12 13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 31 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 32 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 33 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 34 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 35 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 45 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 47 #include <algorithm> 48 #include <cstring> 49 #include <functional> 50 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false, 68 bool AllowTemplates = false, 69 bool AllowNonTemplates = true) 70 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 71 AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) { 72 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 73 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 74 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 75 } 76 77 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 78 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 79 if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl()) 80 return false; 81 82 if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND)) 83 return AllowTemplates; 84 85 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 86 if (!IsType) 87 return false; 88 89 if (AllowNonTemplates) 90 return true; 91 92 // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid 93 // as a template or as a non-template. 94 if (AllowTemplates) { 95 auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND); 96 if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName()) 97 return false; 98 RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext()); 99 return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() || 100 isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD); 101 } 102 103 return false; 104 } 105 106 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 107 } 108 109 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 110 return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 111 } 112 113 private: 114 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 115 bool WantClassName; 116 bool AllowTemplates; 117 bool AllowNonTemplates; 118 }; 119 120 } // end anonymous namespace 121 122 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 123 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 124 switch (Kind) { 125 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 126 // token kind is a valid type specifier 127 case tok::kw_short: 128 case tok::kw_long: 129 case tok::kw___int64: 130 case tok::kw___int128: 131 case tok::kw_signed: 132 case tok::kw_unsigned: 133 case tok::kw_void: 134 case tok::kw_char: 135 case tok::kw_int: 136 case tok::kw_half: 137 case tok::kw_float: 138 case tok::kw_double: 139 case tok::kw__Float16: 140 case tok::kw___float128: 141 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 142 case tok::kw_bool: 143 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 144 case tok::kw___auto_type: 145 return true; 146 147 case tok::annot_typename: 148 case tok::kw_char16_t: 149 case tok::kw_char32_t: 150 case tok::kw_typeof: 151 case tok::annot_decltype: 152 case tok::kw_decltype: 153 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 154 155 case tok::kw_char8_t: 156 return getLangOpts().Char8; 157 158 default: 159 break; 160 } 161 162 return false; 163 } 164 165 namespace { 166 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult { 167 NotFound, 168 FoundNonType, 169 FoundType 170 }; 171 } // end anonymous namespace 172 173 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for 174 /// dependent class. 175 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a 176 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found. 177 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult 178 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II, 179 SourceLocation NameLoc, 180 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) { 181 if (!RD->hasDefinition()) 182 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 183 // Look for type decls in base classes. 184 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 185 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 186 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 187 const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr; 188 if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>()) 189 BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 190 else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 191 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 192 // templates. 193 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 194 continue; 195 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 196 if (!TD) 197 continue; 198 if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = 199 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) { 200 if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 201 BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate; 202 else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) { 203 if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS = 204 CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType())) 205 if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl()) 206 BaseRD = PS; 207 } 208 } 209 } 210 if (BaseRD) { 211 for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) { 212 if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND)) 213 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 214 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 215 } 216 if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) { 217 switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) { 218 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType: 219 return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType; 220 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType: 221 FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType; 222 break; 223 case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound: 224 break; 225 } 226 } 227 } 228 } 229 230 return FoundTypeDecl; 231 } 232 233 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 234 const IdentifierInfo &II, 235 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 236 // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any. 237 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 238 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl = 239 UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 240 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; 241 DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound; 242 DC = DC->getParent()) { 243 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 244 // templates. 245 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 246 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 247 FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD); 248 } 249 if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType) 250 return nullptr; 251 252 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 253 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 254 // lookup during template instantiation. 255 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 256 257 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 258 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 259 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 260 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 261 262 CXXScopeSpec SS; 263 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 264 265 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 266 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 267 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 268 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 269 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 270 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 271 } 272 273 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 274 /// return the declaration of that type. 275 /// 276 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 277 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 278 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 279 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 280 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 281 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 282 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 283 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 284 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 285 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 286 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 287 bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext, 288 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 289 // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension. 290 bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext && 291 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 292 !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot; 293 294 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 295 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 296 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 297 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 298 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 299 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 300 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 301 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 302 303 if (!LookupCtx) { 304 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 306 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 307 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 308 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 309 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 310 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 311 // 312 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 313 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 314 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 315 return nullptr; 316 317 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 318 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 319 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 320 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 321 322 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 323 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 324 II, NameLoc); 325 return ParsedType::make(T); 326 } 327 328 return nullptr; 329 } 330 331 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 332 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 333 return nullptr; 334 } 335 336 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 337 // lookup for class-names. 338 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 339 LookupOrdinaryName; 340 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 341 if (LookupCtx) { 342 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 343 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 344 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 345 // nested-name-specifier. 346 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 347 348 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 349 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 350 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 351 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 352 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 353 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 354 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 355 LookupName(Result, S); 356 } 357 } else { 358 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 359 LookupName(Result, S); 360 361 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 362 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 363 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 364 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 365 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 366 return TypeInBase; 367 } 368 } 369 370 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 371 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 372 case LookupResult::NotFound: 373 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 374 if (CorrectedII) { 375 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName, 376 AllowDeducedTemplate); 377 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind, 378 S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery); 379 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 380 TemplateTy Template; 381 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 382 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 383 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 384 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 385 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 386 if (SS && NNS) { 387 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 388 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 389 } 390 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 391 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 392 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 393 // is handled elsewhere). 394 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 395 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false, 396 Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 397 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 398 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 399 IsCtorOrDtorName, 400 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 401 IsClassTemplateDeductionContext); 402 if (Ty) { 403 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 404 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 405 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 406 if (SS && NNS) 407 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 408 *CorrectedII = NewII; 409 return Ty; 410 } 411 } 412 } 413 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 414 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 415 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 416 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 417 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 418 return nullptr; 419 420 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 421 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 422 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 423 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 424 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 425 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 426 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 427 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 428 return nullptr; 429 } 430 431 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 432 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 433 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 434 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) || 435 (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) { 436 if (!IIDecl || 437 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 438 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 439 IIDecl = *Res; 440 } 441 } 442 443 if (!IIDecl) { 444 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 445 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 446 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 447 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 448 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 449 // a type name. 450 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 451 return nullptr; 452 } 453 454 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 455 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 456 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 457 // perform the name lookup again. 458 break; 459 460 case LookupResult::Found: 461 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 462 break; 463 } 464 465 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 466 467 QualType T; 468 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 469 // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name 470 // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class. 471 // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name. 472 auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx); 473 auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD); 474 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD && 475 FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() && 476 declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent()))) 477 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor) 478 << &II << /*Type*/1; 479 480 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 481 482 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 483 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false); 484 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 485 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 486 if (!HasTrailingDot) 487 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 488 } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) { 489 if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl)) 490 T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD), 491 QualType(), false); 492 } 493 494 if (T.isNull()) { 495 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 496 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 497 return nullptr; 498 } 499 500 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 501 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 502 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 503 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName && 504 !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 505 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 506 // Construct a type with type-source information. 507 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 508 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 509 510 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 511 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 512 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 513 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 514 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 515 } else { 516 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 517 } 518 } 519 520 return ParsedType::make(T); 521 } 522 523 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 524 static NestedNameSpecifier * 525 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 526 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 527 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 528 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 529 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 530 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 531 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 532 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 533 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 534 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 535 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 536 } 537 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 538 } 539 540 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method 541 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end 542 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC 543 /// correctly rejects. 544 static const CXXRecordDecl * 545 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) { 546 for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 547 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 548 if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) 549 if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases()) 550 return MD->getParent(); 551 } 552 return nullptr; 553 } 554 555 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 556 SourceLocation NameLoc, 557 bool IsTemplateTypeArg) { 558 assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode"); 559 560 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr; 561 if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) { 562 // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup 563 // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We 564 // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and 565 // lookup is retried. 566 // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no 567 // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any 568 // name specifiers. 569 NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 570 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 571 } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = 572 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) { 573 // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at 574 // instantiation time. 575 NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 576 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 577 578 // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during 579 // template instantiation. 580 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II 581 << RD; 582 } else { 583 // This is not a situation that we should recover from. 584 return ParsedType(); 585 } 586 587 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 588 589 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 590 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 591 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 592 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 593 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 594 595 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 596 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 597 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 598 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 599 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 600 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 601 } 602 603 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 604 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 605 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 606 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 607 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 608 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 609 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 610 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 611 LookupName(R, S, false); 612 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 613 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 614 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 615 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 616 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 617 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 618 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 619 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 620 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 621 } 622 } 623 624 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 625 } 626 627 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 628 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 629 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 630 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 631 /// @code 632 /// template<class T> class A { 633 /// public: 634 /// typedef int TYPE; 635 /// }; 636 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 637 /// public: 638 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 639 /// }; 640 /// @endcode 641 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 642 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 643 if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super) 644 return true; 645 646 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 647 648 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 649 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 650 if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 651 return true; 652 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 653 } 654 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 655 } 656 657 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 658 SourceLocation IILoc, 659 Scope *S, 660 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 661 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 662 bool IsTemplateName) { 663 // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders. 664 if (II->isEditorPlaceholder()) 665 return; 666 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 667 SuggestedType = nullptr; 668 669 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 670 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 671 TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false, 672 /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName, 673 /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName); 674 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 675 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 676 CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 677 // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case. 678 bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName; 679 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 680 // We corrected to a keyword. 681 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 682 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 683 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 684 << II); 685 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 686 } else { 687 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 688 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 689 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 690 PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest 691 : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 692 << II, CanRecover); 693 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 694 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 695 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 696 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 697 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 698 PDiag(IsTemplateName 699 ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest 700 : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 701 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(), 702 CanRecover); 703 } else { 704 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 705 } 706 707 if (!CanRecover) 708 return; 709 710 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 711 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 712 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 713 SourceRange(IILoc)); 714 // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here. 715 SuggestedType = 716 getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S, 717 tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr, 718 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 719 /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 720 } 721 return; 722 } 723 724 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) { 725 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 726 UnqualifiedId Name; 727 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 728 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 729 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 730 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 731 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 732 Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult, 733 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 734 diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc); 735 return; 736 } 737 } 738 739 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 740 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 741 742 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 743 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template 744 : diag::err_unknown_typename) 745 << II; 746 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 747 Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template 748 : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 749 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 750 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 751 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 752 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 753 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 754 755 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 756 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 757 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 758 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 759 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 760 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 761 } else { 762 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 763 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 764 } 765 } 766 767 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 768 /// or 769 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 770 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 771 NextToken.is(tok::less); 772 773 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 774 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 775 return true; 776 777 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 778 return true; 779 } 780 781 return false; 782 } 783 784 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 785 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 786 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 787 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 788 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 789 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 790 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 791 StringRef FixItTagName; 792 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 793 case TTK_Class: 794 FixItTagName = "class "; 795 break; 796 797 case TTK_Enum: 798 FixItTagName = "enum "; 799 break; 800 801 case TTK_Struct: 802 FixItTagName = "struct "; 803 break; 804 805 case TTK_Interface: 806 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 807 break; 808 809 case TTK_Union: 810 FixItTagName = "union "; 811 break; 812 } 813 814 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 815 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 816 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 817 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 818 819 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 820 I != IEnd; ++I) 821 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 822 << Name << TagName; 823 824 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 825 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 826 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 827 return true; 828 } 829 830 return false; 831 } 832 833 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 834 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 835 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 836 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 837 838 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 839 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 840 841 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 842 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 843 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 844 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 845 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 846 } 847 848 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 849 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 850 SourceLocation NameLoc, 851 const Token &NextToken, 852 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 853 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 854 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 855 856 assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) && 857 "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName"); 858 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() && 859 isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) { 860 // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the 861 // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that. 862 // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser 863 // will reject it later. 864 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 865 } 866 867 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 868 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 869 870 if (SS.isInvalid()) 871 return NameClassification::Error(); 872 873 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 874 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 875 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 876 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 877 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 878 return TypeInBase; 879 } 880 881 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 882 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 883 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 884 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 885 if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 886 DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name); 887 if (Ivar.isInvalid()) 888 return NameClassification::Error(); 889 if (Ivar.isUsable()) 890 return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get())); 891 892 // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods. 893 if (Result.empty()) 894 LookupBuiltin(Result); 895 } 896 897 bool SecondTry = false; 898 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 899 900 Corrected: 901 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 902 case LookupResult::NotFound: 903 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 904 // call. 905 if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 906 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 907 // FIXME: Reference? 908 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 909 return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType(); 910 911 // C90 6.3.2.2: 912 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 913 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 914 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 915 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 916 // the function call, the declaration 917 // 918 // extern int identifier (); 919 // 920 // appeared. 921 // 922 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 923 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) 924 return NameClassification::NonType(D); 925 } 926 927 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) { 928 // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function 929 // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name. 930 // 931 // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case. 932 TemplateName Template = 933 Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 934 return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template); 935 } 936 937 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 938 // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum", 939 // "struct", or "union". 940 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 941 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 942 break; 943 } 944 945 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 946 // close to this name. 947 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 948 SecondTry = true; 949 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = 950 CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S, 951 &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 952 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 953 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 954 955 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl(); 956 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 957 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 958 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 959 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 960 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 961 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 962 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 963 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 964 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 965 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 966 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 967 } 968 969 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 970 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 971 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 972 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 973 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 974 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 975 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 976 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 977 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 978 } 979 980 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 981 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 982 983 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 984 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 985 return Name; 986 987 // Also update the LookupResult... 988 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 989 Result.clear(); 990 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 991 if (FirstDecl) 992 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 993 994 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 995 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 996 // reference the ivar. 997 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 998 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 999 DeclResult R = 1000 LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()); 1001 if (R.isInvalid()) 1002 return NameClassification::Error(); 1003 if (R.isUsable()) 1004 return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar); 1005 } 1006 1007 goto Corrected; 1008 } 1009 } 1010 1011 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 1012 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1013 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1014 1015 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 1016 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 1017 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 1018 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 1019 1020 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 1021 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 1022 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 1023 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 1024 // qualified by the keyword typename. 1025 // 1026 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 1027 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 1028 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 1029 // keyword here. 1030 return NameClassification::DependentNonType(); 1031 } 1032 1033 case LookupResult::Found: 1034 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 1035 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 1036 break; 1037 1038 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 1039 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1040 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1041 /*AllowDependent=*/false)) { 1042 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 1043 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 1044 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 1045 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 1046 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 1047 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 1048 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 1049 // ambiguous. 1050 // 1051 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 1052 // so try again after filtering out template names. 1053 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1054 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 1055 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 1056 break; 1057 } 1058 } 1059 1060 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 1061 return NameClassification::Error(); 1062 } 1063 1064 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 1065 (IsFilteredTemplateName || 1066 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames( 1067 Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1068 /*AllowDependent=*/false, 1069 /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() && 1070 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a))) { 1071 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 1072 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 1073 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 1074 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 1075 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 1076 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 1077 // C++2a [temp.names]p2: 1078 // A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an 1079 // unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one 1080 // or more functions or finds nothing. 1081 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 1082 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 1083 1084 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 1085 bool IsVarTemplate; 1086 TemplateName Template; 1087 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 1088 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1089 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 1090 Result.end()); 1091 } else if (!Result.empty()) { 1092 auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl( 1093 *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true, 1094 /*AllowDependent=*/false)); 1095 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 1096 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 1097 1098 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1099 Template = 1100 Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 1101 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD); 1102 else 1103 Template = TemplateName(TD); 1104 } else { 1105 // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template 1106 // name. 1107 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 1108 Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName()); 1109 } 1110 1111 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 1112 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 1113 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 1114 // to based on which function we selected. 1115 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1116 1117 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 1118 } 1119 1120 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 1121 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 1122 } 1123 1124 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1125 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 1126 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1127 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 1128 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1129 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1130 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1131 return ParsedType::make(T); 1132 } 1133 1134 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 1135 if (!Class) { 1136 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 1137 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 1138 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1139 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 1140 } 1141 1142 if (Class) { 1143 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 1144 1145 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 1146 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 1147 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 1148 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 1149 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 1150 } 1151 1152 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 1153 return ParsedType::make(T); 1154 } 1155 1156 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1157 return NameClassification::Concept( 1158 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1159 1160 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 1161 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && 1162 !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 1163 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 1164 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 1165 1166 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 1167 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 1168 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star); 1169 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 1170 (NextIsOp && 1171 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 1172 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 1173 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1174 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 1175 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 1176 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 1177 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 1178 return ParsedType::make(T); 1179 } 1180 1181 // FIXME: This is context-dependent. We need to defer building the member 1182 // expression until the classification is consumed. 1183 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 1184 return NameClassification::ContextIndependentExpr( 1185 BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, nullptr, 1186 S)); 1187 1188 // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate 1189 // that declaration directly. 1190 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1191 if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL) 1192 return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl()); 1193 1194 // Build an UnresolvedLookupExpr. Note that this doesn't depend on the 1195 // context in which we performed classification, so it's safe to do now. 1196 return NameClassification::ContextIndependentExpr( 1197 BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL)); 1198 } 1199 1200 ExprResult 1201 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name, 1202 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 1203 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?"); 1204 CXXScopeSpec SS; 1205 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1206 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 1207 } 1208 1209 ExprResult 1210 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1211 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1212 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1213 bool IsAddressOfOperand) { 1214 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 1215 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 1216 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 1217 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 1218 } 1219 1220 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1221 NamedDecl *Found, 1222 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1223 const Token &NextToken) { 1224 if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty()) 1225 if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())) 1226 return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar); 1227 1228 // Reconstruct the lookup result. 1229 LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1230 Result.addDecl(Found); 1231 Result.resolveKind(); 1232 1233 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 1234 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 1235 } 1236 1237 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics 1238 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) { 1239 auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl(); 1240 if (!TD) 1241 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1242 if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1243 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate; 1244 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1245 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate; 1246 if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1247 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate; 1248 if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD)) 1249 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate; 1250 if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD)) 1251 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam; 1252 if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD)) 1253 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept; 1254 return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate; 1255 } 1256 1257 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 1258 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 1259 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 1260 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 1261 1262 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 1263 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 1264 // the context we'll need to return to. 1265 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 1266 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 1267 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 1268 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 1269 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 1270 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 1271 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 1272 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1273 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1274 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1275 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1276 1277 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1278 // lexical context. 1279 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1280 return DC; 1281 1282 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1283 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1284 // class is the context we need to return to. 1285 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1286 DC = RD; 1287 1288 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1289 // declared in. 1290 return DC; 1291 } 1292 1293 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1294 } 1295 1296 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1297 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1298 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1299 CurContext = DC; 1300 S->setEntity(DC); 1301 } 1302 1303 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1304 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1305 1306 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1307 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1308 } 1309 1310 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, 1311 Decl *D) { 1312 // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily 1313 // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing 1314 // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one. 1315 auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext); 1316 CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition(); 1317 assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag"); 1318 // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look 1319 // into the pre-existing complete definition. 1320 S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent()); 1321 return Result; 1322 } 1323 1324 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) { 1325 CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context); 1326 } 1327 1328 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1329 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1330 /// 1331 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1332 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1333 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1334 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1335 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1336 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1337 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1338 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1339 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1340 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1341 // namespace. 1342 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1343 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1344 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1345 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1346 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1347 1348 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1349 1350 #ifndef NDEBUG 1351 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1352 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1353 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1354 #endif 1355 1356 CurContext = DC; 1357 S->setEntity(DC); 1358 } 1359 1360 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1361 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1362 1363 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1364 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1365 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1366 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1367 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1368 1369 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1370 // disappear. 1371 } 1372 1373 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1374 // We assume that the caller has already called 1375 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1376 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1377 if (!FD) 1378 return; 1379 1380 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1381 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1382 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1383 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1384 CurContext = FD; 1385 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1386 1387 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1388 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1389 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1390 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1391 S->AddDecl(Param); 1392 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1393 } 1394 } 1395 } 1396 1397 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1398 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1399 // rather than the top-level class. 1400 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1401 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1402 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1403 } 1404 1405 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1406 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1407 /// 1408 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1409 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1410 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1411 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1412 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1413 /// attribute. 1414 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1415 ASTContext &Context, 1416 const FunctionDecl *New) { 1417 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1418 return true; 1419 1420 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1421 return true; 1422 1423 return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found && 1424 (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 1425 New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1426 } 1427 1428 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1429 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1430 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1431 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1432 // scope. 1433 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1434 S = S->getParent(); 1435 1436 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1437 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1438 // into any context. 1439 if (AddToContext) 1440 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1441 1442 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1443 // are function-local declarations. 1444 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1445 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1446 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1447 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1448 return; 1449 1450 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1451 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1452 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1453 return; 1454 1455 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1456 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1457 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1458 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1459 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1460 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1461 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1462 1463 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1464 break; 1465 } 1466 } 1467 1468 S->AddDecl(D); 1469 1470 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1471 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1472 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1473 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1474 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1475 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1476 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1477 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1478 continue; 1479 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1480 break; 1481 } 1482 1483 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1484 } else { 1485 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1486 } 1487 } 1488 1489 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1490 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1491 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1492 } 1493 1494 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1495 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1496 do { 1497 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1498 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1499 return S; 1500 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1501 1502 return nullptr; 1503 } 1504 1505 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1506 DeclContext*, 1507 ASTContext&); 1508 1509 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1510 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1511 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1512 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1513 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1514 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1515 while (F.hasNext()) { 1516 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1517 1518 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1519 continue; 1520 1521 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1522 continue; 1523 1524 F.erase(); 1525 } 1526 1527 F.done(); 1528 } 1529 1530 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they 1531 /// have compatible owning modules. 1532 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) { 1533 // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are 1534 // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for 1535 // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the 1536 // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match. 1537 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() && 1538 Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) { 1539 New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule()); 1540 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New); 1541 return false; 1542 } 1543 1544 Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule(); 1545 Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule(); 1546 1547 if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1548 NewM = NewM->Parent; 1549 if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment) 1550 OldM = OldM->Parent; 1551 1552 if (NewM == OldM) 1553 return false; 1554 1555 bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview(); 1556 bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview(); 1557 if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) { 1558 // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]: 1559 // if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all 1560 // other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module 1561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module) 1562 << New 1563 << NewIsModuleInterface 1564 << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "") 1565 << OldIsModuleInterface 1566 << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : ""); 1567 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1568 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1569 return true; 1570 } 1571 1572 return false; 1573 } 1574 1575 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1576 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1577 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1578 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1579 } 1580 1581 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1582 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1583 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1584 while (F.hasNext()) 1585 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1586 F.erase(); 1587 1588 F.done(); 1589 } 1590 1591 /// Check for this common pattern: 1592 /// @code 1593 /// class S { 1594 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1595 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1596 /// }; 1597 /// @endcode 1598 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1599 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1600 // the decl here. 1601 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1602 return false; 1603 1604 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1605 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1606 return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1607 } 1608 1609 // We need this to handle 1610 // 1611 // typedef struct { 1612 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1613 // } A; 1614 // 1615 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1616 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1617 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1618 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1619 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1620 // not. 1621 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1622 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1623 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1624 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1625 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1626 return true; 1627 } 1628 DC = DC->getParent(); 1629 } 1630 1631 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1632 } 1633 1634 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1635 // these semantics. 1636 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1637 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1638 return false; 1639 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1640 } 1641 1642 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1643 assert(D); 1644 1645 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1646 return false; 1647 1648 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1649 // of members of class templates. 1650 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1651 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1652 return false; 1653 1654 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1655 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1656 return false; 1657 // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly 1658 // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in. 1659 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1660 FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 1661 return false; 1662 1663 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1664 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1665 return false; 1666 } else { 1667 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1668 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1669 return false; 1670 } 1671 1672 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1673 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1674 return false; 1675 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1676 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1677 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1678 // like "inline".) 1679 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1680 return false; 1681 1682 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1683 return false; 1684 1685 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1686 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1687 return false; 1688 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1689 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization && 1690 VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine()) 1691 return false; 1692 1693 if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1694 return false; 1695 } else { 1696 return false; 1697 } 1698 1699 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1700 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1701 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1702 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1703 } 1704 1705 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1706 if (!D) 1707 return; 1708 1709 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1710 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1711 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1712 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1713 } 1714 1715 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1716 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1717 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1718 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1719 } 1720 1721 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1722 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1723 } 1724 1725 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1726 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1727 return false; 1728 1729 bool Referenced = false; 1730 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) { 1731 // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are 1732 // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which 1733 // it is, by the bindings' expressions). 1734 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 1735 if (BD->isReferenced()) { 1736 Referenced = true; 1737 break; 1738 } 1739 } 1740 } else if (!D->getDeclName()) { 1741 return false; 1742 } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) { 1743 Referenced = true; 1744 } 1745 1746 if (Referenced || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1747 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1748 return false; 1749 1750 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1751 return true; 1752 1753 // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to 1754 // functions. 1755 bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod(); 1756 if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext())) 1757 // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred. 1758 WithinFunction = 1759 WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType()); 1760 if (!WithinFunction) 1761 return false; 1762 1763 if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) 1764 return true; 1765 1766 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1767 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D)) 1768 return false; 1769 1770 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1771 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1772 1773 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1774 const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr(); 1775 1776 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1777 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1778 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1779 return false; 1780 } 1781 1782 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1783 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1784 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1785 return false; 1786 1787 // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is 1788 // consistent for both scalars and arrays. 1789 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 1790 1791 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1792 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1793 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1794 return false; 1795 1796 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1797 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1798 return false; 1799 1800 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1801 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1802 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1803 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1804 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1805 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1806 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1807 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1808 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() && 1809 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue())) 1810 return false; 1811 } 1812 1813 // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and 1814 // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor. 1815 if (Init->isTypeDependent()) 1816 for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors()) 1817 if (!Ctor->isTrivial()) 1818 return false; 1819 } 1820 } 1821 } 1822 1823 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1824 } 1825 1826 return true; 1827 } 1828 1829 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1830 FixItHint &Hint) { 1831 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1832 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 1833 D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), 1834 true); 1835 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1836 return; 1837 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 1838 CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon)); 1839 } 1840 } 1841 1842 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) { 1843 if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType()) 1844 return; 1845 1846 for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) { 1847 if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD)) 1848 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T); 1849 else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD)) 1850 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R); 1851 } 1852 } 1853 1854 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1855 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1856 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1857 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1858 return; 1859 1860 if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) { 1861 // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted 1862 // at end-of-translation-unit. 1863 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD); 1864 return; 1865 } 1866 1867 FixItHint Hint; 1868 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1869 1870 unsigned DiagID; 1871 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1872 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1873 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1874 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1875 else 1876 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1877 1878 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint; 1879 } 1880 1881 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1882 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1883 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1884 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved 1885 // MS inline assembly label name. 1886 bool Diagnose = false; 1887 if (L->isMSAsmLabel()) 1888 Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel(); 1889 else 1890 Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr; 1891 if (Diagnose) 1892 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1893 } 1894 1895 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1896 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1897 1898 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1899 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1900 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1901 1902 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1903 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1904 1905 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1906 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1907 1908 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1909 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) { 1910 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1911 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D)) 1912 DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD); 1913 } 1914 1915 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1916 1917 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1918 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1919 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1920 1921 // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't 1922 // already. 1923 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1924 auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 1925 if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) { 1926 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) { 1927 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field) 1928 << D << FD << FD->getParent(); 1929 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1930 } 1931 ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI); 1932 } 1933 } 1934 } 1935 1936 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1937 /// 1938 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1939 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1940 /// to the fixed name. 1941 /// 1942 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1943 /// 1944 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1945 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1946 /// 1947 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1948 /// class could not be found. 1949 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1950 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1951 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1952 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1953 // creation from this context. 1954 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1955 1956 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1957 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1958 // find an Objective-C class name. 1959 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{}; 1960 if (TypoCorrection C = 1961 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName, 1962 TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1963 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1964 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1965 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1966 } 1967 } 1968 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1969 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1970 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1971 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1972 return Def; 1973 } 1974 1975 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1976 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1977 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1978 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1979 /// ill-formed in C++: 1980 /// @code 1981 /// struct S6 { 1982 /// enum { BAR } e; 1983 /// }; 1984 /// 1985 /// void test_S6() { 1986 /// struct S6 a; 1987 /// a.e = BAR; 1988 /// } 1989 /// @endcode 1990 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1991 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1992 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1993 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1994 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1995 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1996 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1997 /// contain non-field names. 1998 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1999 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 2000 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 2001 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 2002 S = S->getParent(); 2003 return S; 2004 } 2005 2006 /// Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 2007 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 2008 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 2009 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 2010 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 2011 IdentifierInfo *II) { 2012 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 2013 return; 2014 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 2015 2016 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 2017 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 2018 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 2019 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 2020 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 2021 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 2022 } 2023 2024 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID, 2025 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 2026 switch (Error) { 2027 case ASTContext::GE_None: 2028 return ""; 2029 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type: 2030 return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID); 2031 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 2032 return "stdio.h"; 2033 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 2034 return "setjmp.h"; 2035 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 2036 return "ucontext.h"; 2037 } 2038 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 2039 } 2040 2041 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 2042 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 2043 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 2044 /// built-in. 2045 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2046 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2047 SourceLocation Loc) { 2048 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 2049 2050 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 2051 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error); 2052 if (Error) { 2053 if (!ForRedeclaration) 2054 return nullptr; 2055 2056 // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a 2057 // warning when we were not able to find a type for it. 2058 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type) 2059 return nullptr; 2060 2061 // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was 2062 // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration. 2063 if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) { 2064 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf) 2065 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2066 return nullptr; 2067 } 2068 2069 // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the 2070 // appropriate header. 2071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 2072 << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error) 2073 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2074 return nullptr; 2075 } 2076 2077 if (!ForRedeclaration && 2078 (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) || 2079 Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) { 2080 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 2081 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R; 2082 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) && 2083 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 2084 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 2085 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID) 2086 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID); 2087 } 2088 2089 if (R.isNull()) 2090 return nullptr; 2091 2092 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2093 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2094 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 2095 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 2096 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 2097 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 2098 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 2099 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 2100 } 2101 2102 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 2103 Parent, 2104 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2105 SC_Extern, 2106 false, 2107 R->isFunctionProtoType()); 2108 New->setImplicit(); 2109 2110 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 2111 // FunctionDecl. 2112 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 2113 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2114 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 2115 ParmVarDecl *parm = 2116 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2117 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2118 SC_None, nullptr); 2119 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 2120 Params.push_back(parm); 2121 } 2122 New->setParams(Params); 2123 } 2124 2125 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 2126 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 2127 2128 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 2129 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 2130 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 2131 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 2132 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 2133 CurContext = Parent; 2134 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 2135 CurContext = SavedContext; 2136 return New; 2137 } 2138 2139 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same 2140 /// entity if their types are the same. 2141 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's 2142 /// isSameEntity. 2143 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S, 2144 TypedefNameDecl *Decl, 2145 LookupResult &Previous) { 2146 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 2147 if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) 2148 return; 2149 2150 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 2151 if (Previous.empty()) 2152 return; 2153 2154 LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter(); 2155 while (Filter.hasNext()) { 2156 NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next(); 2157 2158 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 2159 if (S.isVisible(Old)) 2160 continue; 2161 2162 // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have 2163 // different linkages. 2164 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2165 if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(), 2166 Decl->getUnderlyingType())) 2167 continue; 2168 2169 // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage 2170 // purposes, then they declare the same entity. 2171 if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) && 2172 Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName()) 2173 continue; 2174 } 2175 2176 Filter.erase(); 2177 } 2178 2179 Filter.done(); 2180 } 2181 2182 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 2183 QualType OldType; 2184 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2185 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 2186 else 2187 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 2188 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2189 2190 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2191 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 2192 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2193 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 2194 << Kind << NewType; 2195 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2196 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2197 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2198 return true; 2199 } 2200 2201 if (OldType != NewType && 2202 !OldType->isDependentType() && 2203 !NewType->isDependentType() && 2204 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 2205 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 2206 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 2207 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 2208 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 2209 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2210 New->setInvalidDecl(); 2211 return true; 2212 } 2213 return false; 2214 } 2215 2216 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 2217 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 2218 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 2219 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 2220 /// 2221 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New, 2222 LookupResult &OldDecls) { 2223 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 2224 // merging checks. 2225 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 2226 2227 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 2228 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 2229 if (getLangOpts().ObjC) { 2230 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 2231 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 2232 default: break; 2233 case 2: 2234 { 2235 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 2236 break; 2237 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 2238 if (!T->isPointerType()) 2239 break; 2240 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 2241 QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2242 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 2243 break; 2244 } 2245 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 2246 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 2247 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 2248 return; 2249 } 2250 case 5: 2251 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 2252 break; 2253 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2254 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 2255 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 2256 return; 2257 case 3: 2258 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 2259 break; 2260 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 2261 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 2262 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 2263 return; 2264 } 2265 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 2266 } 2267 2268 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 2269 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 2270 if (!Old) { 2271 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2272 << New->getDeclName(); 2273 2274 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 2275 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 2276 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 2277 2278 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2279 } 2280 2281 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2282 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2283 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2284 2285 if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2286 auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true); 2287 auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(); 2288 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 2289 if (OldTag && NewTag && 2290 OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() && 2291 !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) { 2292 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it 2293 // instead of our tag. 2294 New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl()); 2295 if (OldTD->isModed()) 2296 New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(), 2297 OldTD->getUnderlyingType()); 2298 else 2299 New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo()); 2300 2301 // Make the old tag definition visible. 2302 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 2303 2304 // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators 2305 // out of the scope. 2306 if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) { 2307 Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 2308 for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) { 2309 auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 2310 assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED)); 2311 EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED); 2312 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED); 2313 ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED); 2314 } 2315 } 2316 } 2317 } 2318 2319 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 2320 // with any extensions enabled. 2321 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 2322 return; 2323 2324 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 2325 // the old declaration was a typedef. 2326 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 2327 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 2328 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2329 } 2330 2331 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 2332 return; 2333 2334 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2335 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 2336 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 2337 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 2338 // to the type to which it already refers. 2339 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 2340 return; 2341 2342 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 2343 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 2344 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 2345 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 2346 // 2347 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 2348 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 2349 // 2350 // struct S { 2351 // typedef struct A { } A; 2352 // }; 2353 // 2354 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 2355 // allow the above but disallow 2356 // 2357 // struct S { 2358 // typedef int I; 2359 // typedef int I; 2360 // }; 2361 // 2362 // since that was the intent of DR56. 2363 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 2364 return; 2365 2366 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 2367 << New->getDeclName(); 2368 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2369 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 2370 } 2371 2372 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 2373 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 2374 return; 2375 2376 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 2377 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 2378 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 2379 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 2380 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 2381 // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL). 2382 (Old->isImplicit() || 2383 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 2384 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 2385 return; 2386 2387 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 2388 << New->getDeclName(); 2389 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 2390 } 2391 2392 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 2393 /// attribute. 2394 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 2395 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 2396 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 2397 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 2398 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 2399 if (Ann) { 2400 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 2401 return true; 2402 continue; 2403 } 2404 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 2405 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 2406 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 2407 return true; 2408 } 2409 2410 return false; 2411 } 2412 2413 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 2414 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 2415 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 2416 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2417 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 2418 return true; 2419 } 2420 2421 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 2422 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 2423 /// 2424 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 2425 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 2426 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 2427 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 2428 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2429 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 2430 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 2431 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2432 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 2433 // in a case like: 2434 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 2435 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 2436 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 2437 // definition in such a case. 2438 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2439 return false; 2440 2441 if (I->isAlignas()) 2442 OldAlignasAttr = I; 2443 2444 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2445 if (Align > OldAlign) { 2446 OldAlign = Align; 2447 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 2448 } 2449 } 2450 2451 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 2452 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 2453 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 2454 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 2455 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 2456 return false; 2457 2458 if (I->isAlignas()) 2459 NewAlignasAttr = I; 2460 2461 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 2462 if (Align > NewAlign) 2463 NewAlign = Align; 2464 } 2465 2466 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2467 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 2468 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 2469 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 2470 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 2471 2472 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 2473 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 2474 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 2475 QualType Ty; 2476 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 2477 Ty = VD->getType(); 2478 else 2479 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 2480 2481 if (OldAlign == 0) 2482 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2483 if (NewAlign == 0) 2484 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 2485 } 2486 2487 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 2488 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 2489 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2490 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2491 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2492 } 2493 } 2494 2495 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2496 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2497 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2498 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2499 // equivalent alignment. 2500 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2501 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2502 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2503 // have no alignment specifier. 2504 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2505 << OldAlignasAttr; 2506 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2507 << OldAlignasAttr; 2508 } 2509 2510 bool AnyAdded = false; 2511 2512 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2513 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2514 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2515 Clone->setInherited(true); 2516 New->addAttr(Clone); 2517 AnyAdded = true; 2518 } 2519 2520 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2521 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2522 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2523 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2524 Clone->setInherited(true); 2525 New->addAttr(Clone); 2526 AnyAdded = true; 2527 } 2528 2529 return AnyAdded; 2530 } 2531 2532 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2533 const InheritableAttr *Attr, 2534 Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2535 // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the 2536 // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute 2537 // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates. 2538 // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from 2539 // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from 2540 // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent 2541 // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here. 2542 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2543 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2544 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr( 2545 D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(), 2546 AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2547 AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK, 2548 AA->getPriority()); 2549 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2550 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2551 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2552 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility()); 2553 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2554 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA); 2555 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2556 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA); 2557 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2558 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(), 2559 FA->getFirstArg()); 2560 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2561 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName()); 2562 else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr)) 2563 NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName()); 2564 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2565 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(), 2566 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 2567 else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr)) 2568 NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA, 2569 &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling())); 2570 else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 2571 (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) || 2572 isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) { 2573 // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for 2574 // overloading purposes and must not be merged. 2575 return false; 2576 } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr)) 2577 NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA); 2578 else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr)) 2579 NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA); 2580 else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr)) 2581 NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA); 2582 else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr)) 2583 NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA); 2584 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2585 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2586 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2587 NewAttr = nullptr; 2588 else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) && 2589 (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override || 2590 AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation)) 2591 NewAttr = nullptr; 2592 else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr)) 2593 NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid()); 2594 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2595 NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2596 else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr)) 2597 NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA); 2598 else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2599 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2600 2601 if (NewAttr) { 2602 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2603 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2604 if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr)) 2605 S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D)); 2606 return true; 2607 } 2608 2609 return false; 2610 } 2611 2612 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2613 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2614 return TD->getDefinition(); 2615 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2616 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2617 if (Def) 2618 return Def; 2619 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2620 } 2621 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 2622 return FD->getDefinition(); 2623 return nullptr; 2624 } 2625 2626 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2627 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2628 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2629 return true; 2630 return false; 2631 } 2632 2633 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2634 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2635 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2636 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2637 return; 2638 2639 const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2640 if (!Def || Def == New) 2641 return; 2642 2643 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2644 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2645 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2646 2647 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2648 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) { 2649 Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody; 2650 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody); 2651 2652 // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute. 2653 if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) { 2654 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2655 --E; 2656 continue; 2657 } 2658 } else { 2659 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2660 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2661 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2662 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2663 : diag::err_redefinition; 2664 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2665 if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition) 2666 S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation()); 2667 else 2668 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2669 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2670 } 2671 ++I; 2672 continue; 2673 } 2674 2675 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2676 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2677 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2678 ++I; 2679 continue; 2680 } 2681 } 2682 2683 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2684 ++I; 2685 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2686 } 2687 2688 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2689 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2690 ++I; 2691 continue; 2692 } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2693 // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class 2694 ++I; 2695 continue; 2696 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2697 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2698 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2699 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2700 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2701 // equivalent alignment. 2702 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2703 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2704 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2705 // have no alignment specifier. 2706 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2707 << AA; 2708 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2709 << AA; 2710 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2711 --E; 2712 continue; 2713 } 2714 } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) && 2715 cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() && 2716 !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) { 2717 // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables. 2718 // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany 2719 // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we 2720 // honored it. 2721 ++I; 2722 continue; 2723 } 2724 2725 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2726 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2727 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2728 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2729 --E; 2730 } 2731 } 2732 2733 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl, 2734 const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr, 2735 bool AttrBeforeInit) { 2736 SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart(); 2737 2738 // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration. 2739 // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve 2740 // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without 2741 // heroics. 2742 std::string SuitableSpelling; 2743 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a) 2744 SuitableSpelling = std::string( 2745 S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit})); 2746 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2747 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2748 InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square, 2749 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon, 2750 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2751 tok::r_square, tok::r_square})); 2752 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2753 SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling( 2754 InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren, 2755 S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"), 2756 tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren})); 2757 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a) 2758 SuitableSpelling = "constinit"; 2759 if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 2760 SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]"; 2761 if (SuitableSpelling.empty()) 2762 SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))"; 2763 SuitableSpelling += " "; 2764 2765 if (AttrBeforeInit) { 2766 // extern constinit int a; 2767 // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension 2768 assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute"); 2769 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing) 2770 << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2771 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here); 2772 } else { 2773 // int a = 0; 2774 // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit') 2775 S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), 2776 CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late 2777 : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late) 2778 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation())); 2779 S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here) 2780 << CIAttr->isConstinit() 2781 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling); 2782 } 2783 } 2784 2785 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2786 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2787 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2788 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2789 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2790 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2791 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2792 } 2793 2794 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2795 return; 2796 2797 // [dcl.constinit]p1: 2798 // If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a 2799 // variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration. 2800 const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2801 const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2802 if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) { 2803 const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old); 2804 auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2805 2806 // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked 2807 // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet. 2808 const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration(); 2809 if (!InitDecl && 2810 (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())) 2811 InitDecl = NewVD; 2812 2813 if (InitDecl == NewVD) { 2814 // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit', 2815 // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute 2816 // form). 2817 if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit()) 2818 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit, 2819 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true); 2820 } else if (NewConstInit) { 2821 // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should 2822 // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing 2823 // declaration, this is too late. 2824 if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) { 2825 diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit, 2826 /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false); 2827 NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 2828 } 2829 } 2830 } 2831 2832 // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored. 2833 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2834 2835 if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2836 if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) { 2837 if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) { 2838 // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label. 2839 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label); 2840 Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2841 } 2842 } else if (Old->isUsed()) { 2843 // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has 2844 // already been ODR-used. 2845 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name) 2846 << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange(); 2847 } 2848 } 2849 2850 // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's. 2851 if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2852 if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) { 2853 for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) { 2854 if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(), 2855 NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) { 2856 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), 2857 diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration) 2858 << NewTag; 2859 Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2860 } 2861 } 2862 } else { 2863 Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration); 2864 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2865 } 2866 } 2867 2868 // This redeclaration adds a section attribute. 2869 if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 2870 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) { 2871 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) { 2872 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration); 2873 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2874 } 2875 } 2876 } 2877 2878 // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute. 2879 const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>(); 2880 if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() && 2881 !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) { 2882 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section) 2883 << 0 /*codeseg*/; 2884 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2885 } 2886 2887 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2888 return; 2889 2890 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2891 2892 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2893 // we process them. 2894 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2895 2896 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2897 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2898 AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None; 2899 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2900 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2901 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2902 switch (AMK) { 2903 case AMK_None: 2904 continue; 2905 2906 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2907 case AMK_Override: 2908 case AMK_ProtocolImplementation: 2909 LocalAMK = AMK; 2910 break; 2911 } 2912 } 2913 2914 // Already handled. 2915 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2916 continue; 2917 2918 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK)) 2919 foundAny = true; 2920 } 2921 2922 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2923 foundAny = true; 2924 2925 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2926 } 2927 2928 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2929 /// to the new one. 2930 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2931 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2932 Sema &S) { 2933 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2934 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2935 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2936 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2937 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2938 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2939 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2940 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2941 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2942 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2943 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2944 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2945 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2946 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2947 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2948 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2949 } 2950 2951 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2952 return; 2953 2954 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2955 2956 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2957 // done before we process them. 2958 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2959 2960 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2961 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2962 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2963 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2964 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2965 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2966 foundAny = true; 2967 } 2968 } 2969 2970 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2971 } 2972 2973 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam, 2974 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam, 2975 Sema &S) { 2976 if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2977 if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) { 2978 if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) { 2979 S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr) 2980 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2981 *Newnullability, 2982 ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2983 != 0)) 2984 << DiagNullabilityKind( 2985 *Oldnullability, 2986 ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability) 2987 != 0)); 2988 S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2989 } 2990 } else { 2991 QualType NewT = NewParam->getType(); 2992 NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType( 2993 AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability), 2994 NewT, NewT); 2995 NewParam->setType(NewT); 2996 } 2997 } 2998 } 2999 3000 namespace { 3001 3002 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 3003 /// C. 3004 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 3005 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 3006 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 3007 QualType PromotedType; 3008 }; 3009 3010 } // end anonymous namespace 3011 3012 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 3013 // declaration, or a declaration. 3014 template <typename T> 3015 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 3016 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3017 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3018 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 3019 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3020 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 3021 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 3022 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 3023 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 3024 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 3025 } else 3026 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 3027 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 3028 } 3029 3030 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 3031 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 3032 /// GNU89 mode. 3033 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 3034 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 3035 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 3036 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 3037 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 3038 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 3039 } 3040 3041 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 3042 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3043 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 3044 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 3045 return AT; 3046 } 3047 3048 template <typename T> 3049 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 3050 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 3051 if (DC->isRecord()) 3052 return false; 3053 3054 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 3055 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 3056 return true; 3057 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 3058 return true; 3059 return false; 3060 } 3061 3062 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); } 3063 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; } 3064 3065 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a 3066 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload 3067 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration). 3068 template<typename ExpectedDecl> 3069 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS, 3070 ExpectedDecl *New) { 3071 // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4: 3072 // Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of 3073 // which specifies the same unqualified name, 3074 // -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions 3075 // and function templates; or 3076 // -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration 3077 // name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all 3078 // refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions 3079 // and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration 3080 // name is hidden (3.3.10). 3081 3082 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 3083 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 3084 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 3085 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 3086 // function, the program is ill-formed. 3087 3088 auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl()); 3089 if (Old && 3090 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 3091 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 3092 !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New))) 3093 Old = nullptr; 3094 3095 if (!Old) { 3096 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 3097 S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target); 3098 S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3099 return true; 3100 } 3101 return false; 3102 } 3103 3104 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A, 3105 const FunctionDecl *B) { 3106 assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams()); 3107 3108 auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) { 3109 const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3110 const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>(); 3111 if (AttrA == AttrB) 3112 return true; 3113 return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() && 3114 AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic(); 3115 }; 3116 3117 return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq); 3118 } 3119 3120 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified 3121 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier. 3122 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD, 3123 DeclaratorDecl *OldD) { 3124 // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when 3125 // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration 3126 // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier: 3127 // 3128 // inline namespace N { int f(); } 3129 // int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::. 3130 // 3131 // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change 3132 // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations, 3133 // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular). 3134 if (!NewD->getQualifier()) 3135 return; 3136 3137 // NewD is probably already in the right context. 3138 auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3139 auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 3140 if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC)) 3141 return; 3142 3143 assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) || 3144 NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) && 3145 "unexpected context for redeclaration"); 3146 3147 auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3148 auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) { 3149 if (!D) 3150 return; 3151 D->setDeclContext(SemaDC); 3152 D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC); 3153 }; 3154 3155 FixSemaDC(NewD); 3156 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD)) 3157 FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()); 3158 else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD)) 3159 FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()); 3160 } 3161 3162 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 3163 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 3164 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 3165 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3166 /// 3167 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 3168 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 3169 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 3170 /// merged with. 3171 /// 3172 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 3173 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 3174 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3175 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 3176 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 3177 if (!Old) { 3178 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 3179 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 3180 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 3181 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 3182 diag::note_using_decl_target); 3183 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 3184 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 3185 return true; 3186 } 3187 3188 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 3189 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 3190 return true; 3191 OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 3192 } else { 3193 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3194 << New->getDeclName(); 3195 notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation()); 3196 return true; 3197 } 3198 } 3199 3200 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 3201 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3202 return true; 3203 3204 // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins. 3205 if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) { 3206 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName(); 3207 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3208 << Old << Old->getType(); 3209 return true; 3210 } 3211 3212 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3213 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3214 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3215 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3216 3217 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 3218 // is an extern inline function. 3219 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 3220 // storage classes. 3221 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 3222 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3223 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 3224 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 3225 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 3226 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3227 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 3228 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3229 } else { 3230 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 3231 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3232 return true; 3233 } 3234 } 3235 3236 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 3237 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 3238 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 3239 << New->getDeclName(); 3240 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 3241 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 3242 } 3243 3244 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 3245 return true; 3246 3247 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3248 bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3249 if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) { 3250 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch) 3251 << New << OldOvl; 3252 3253 // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable 3254 // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one 3255 // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter. 3256 // 3257 // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in 3258 // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it. 3259 const Decl *DiagOld = Old; 3260 if (OldOvl) { 3261 auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) { 3262 const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3263 return A && !A->isImplicit(); 3264 }); 3265 // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this 3266 // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless. 3267 DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter; 3268 } 3269 3270 if (DiagOld) 3271 Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(), 3272 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 3273 << OldOvl; 3274 3275 if (OldOvl) 3276 New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 3277 else 3278 New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 3279 } 3280 } 3281 3282 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 3283 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 3284 // convention of the first. 3285 // 3286 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 3287 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 3288 // 3289 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 3290 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 3291 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 3292 // 3293 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 3294 // other tests to run. 3295 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3296 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3297 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 3298 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 3299 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 3300 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 3301 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 3302 3303 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 3304 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 3305 const FunctionType *FT = 3306 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 3307 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 3308 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 3309 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 3310 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 3311 // there but not here. 3312 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3313 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3314 } else if (New->getBuiltinID()) { 3315 // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a 3316 // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is 3317 // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration. 3318 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported) 3319 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3320 << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction; 3321 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 3322 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3323 } else { 3324 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 3325 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 3326 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 3327 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 3328 << !FirstCCExplicit 3329 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 3330 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 3331 3332 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 3333 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3334 return true; 3335 } 3336 } 3337 3338 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 3339 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3340 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 3341 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3342 } 3343 3344 // Merge regparm attribute. 3345 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 3346 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 3347 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 3348 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 3349 << NewType->getRegParmType() 3350 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 3351 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3352 return true; 3353 } 3354 3355 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 3356 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3357 } 3358 3359 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 3360 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3361 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 3362 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) 3363 << "'ns_returns_retained'"; 3364 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3365 return true; 3366 } 3367 3368 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 3369 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3370 } 3371 3372 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() != 3373 NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3374 if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) { 3375 AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr = 3376 New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>(); 3377 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr; 3378 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 3379 return true; 3380 } 3381 3382 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true); 3383 RequiresAdjustment = true; 3384 } 3385 3386 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 3387 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3388 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 3389 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 3390 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3391 } 3392 3393 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 3394 // UndefinedButUsed. 3395 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 3396 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3397 !getLangOpts().GNUInline && 3398 Old->isUsed(false) && 3399 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 3400 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 3401 SourceLocation())); 3402 3403 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 3404 // about it. 3405 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 3406 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 3407 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 3408 } 3409 3410 // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid 3411 // redeclaration. 3412 if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() && 3413 !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) { 3414 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params) 3415 << New->getDeclName(); 3416 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3417 return true; 3418 } 3419 3420 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3421 // C++1z [over.load]p2 3422 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 3423 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type, 3424 // the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded. 3425 3426 // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of 3427 // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the 3428 // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before 3429 // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType 3430 // but do not necessarily update the type of New. 3431 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New)) 3432 return true; 3433 OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 3434 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 3435 3436 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 3437 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 3438 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 3439 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 3440 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 3441 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3442 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType(); 3443 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 3444 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType, 3445 OldDeclaredReturnType)) { 3446 QualType ResQT; 3447 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3448 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3449 // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type. 3450 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 3451 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 3452 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 3453 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 3454 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3455 else 3456 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 3457 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3458 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 3459 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 3460 return true; 3461 } 3462 else 3463 NewQType = ResQT; 3464 } 3465 3466 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 3467 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 3468 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 3469 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 3470 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 3471 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 3472 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 3473 New->setType( 3474 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 3475 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3476 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3477 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 3478 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 3479 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 3480 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 3481 } 3482 } 3483 3484 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 3485 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 3486 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 3487 // Preserve triviality. 3488 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 3489 3490 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 3491 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 3492 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 3493 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 3494 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3495 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 3496 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 3497 3498 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3499 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 3500 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 3501 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 3502 // is a static member function declaration. 3503 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 3504 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 3505 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3506 return true; 3507 } 3508 3509 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3510 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 3511 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 3512 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 3513 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 3514 unsigned NewDiag; 3515 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 3516 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 3517 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 3518 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 3519 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 3520 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 3521 else 3522 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 3523 3524 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 3525 } else { 3526 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 3527 << New << New->getType(); 3528 } 3529 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3530 return true; 3531 3532 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 3533 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 3534 // 3535 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 3536 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 3537 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 3538 if (isFriend) { 3539 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 3540 } else { 3541 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3542 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 3543 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3544 return true; 3545 } 3546 } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 3547 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 3548 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 3549 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 3550 return true; 3551 } 3552 } 3553 3554 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 3555 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 3556 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 3557 // attribute. 3558 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 3559 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 3560 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 3561 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3562 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 3563 } 3564 3565 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 3566 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 3567 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 3568 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 3569 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 3570 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 3571 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 3572 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3573 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 3574 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 3575 } 3576 3577 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 3578 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 3579 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 3580 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 3581 3582 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 3583 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 3584 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 3585 auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3586 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 3587 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 3588 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 3589 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 3590 } 3591 3592 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3593 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 3594 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 3595 // 3596 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 3597 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 3598 // linkage within class scope. 3599 // 3600 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 3601 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 3602 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 3603 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3604 } else { 3605 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3606 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3607 return true; 3608 } 3609 } 3610 3611 // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the 3612 // exception specifier because it was already checked above in 3613 // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics 3614 // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility. 3615 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison, 3616 NewQType)) 3617 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3618 3619 // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or 3620 // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again 3621 // during instantiation. 3622 if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType)) 3623 return false; 3624 3625 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 3626 } 3627 3628 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 3629 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 3630 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3631 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 3632 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3633 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3634 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 3635 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 3636 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 3637 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 3638 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 3639 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 3640 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 3641 NewQType = 3642 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 3643 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 3644 New->setType(NewQType); 3645 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 3646 3647 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 3648 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3649 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 3650 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 3651 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 3652 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 3653 SC_None, nullptr); 3654 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 3655 Param->setImplicit(); 3656 Params.push_back(Param); 3657 } 3658 3659 New->setParams(Params); 3660 } 3661 3662 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3663 } 3664 3665 // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address 3666 // spaces are ignored. 3667 if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType)) 3668 return false; 3669 3670 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 3671 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 3672 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 3673 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 3674 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 3675 // the prototype. 3676 // 3677 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 3678 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 3679 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 3680 // C99 6.9.1p8. 3681 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3682 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 3683 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 3684 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 3685 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 3686 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 3687 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 3688 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3689 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 3690 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3691 3692 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 3693 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 3694 NewProto->getReturnType()); 3695 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 3696 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 3697 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 3698 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 3699 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 3700 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3701 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 3702 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3703 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 3704 NewParm->getType(), 3705 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 3706 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 3707 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 3708 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 3709 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 3710 } else 3711 LooseCompatible = false; 3712 } 3713 3714 if (LooseCompatible) { 3715 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 3716 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 3717 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 3718 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 3719 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 3720 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 3721 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 3722 diag::note_previous_declaration); 3723 } 3724 3725 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3726 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 3727 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 3728 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 3729 } 3730 3731 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 3732 } 3733 3734 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 3735 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 3736 3737 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 3738 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 3739 unsigned BuiltinID; 3740 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 3741 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 3742 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 3743 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 3744 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 3745 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 3746 << Old << Old->getType(); 3747 3748 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 3749 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 3750 // 3751 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 3752 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 3753 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 3754 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 3755 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 3756 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3757 New->getIdentifier()->revertBuiltin(); 3758 3759 return false; 3760 } 3761 3762 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 3763 } 3764 3765 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 3766 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 3767 return true; 3768 } 3769 3770 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 3771 /// known to be compatible. 3772 /// 3773 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 3774 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 3775 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 3776 /// redeclaration of Old. 3777 /// 3778 /// \returns false 3779 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 3780 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3781 // Merge the attributes 3782 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3783 3784 // Merge "pure" flag. 3785 if (Old->isPure()) 3786 New->setPure(); 3787 3788 // Merge "used" flag. 3789 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3790 New->setIsUsed(); 3791 3792 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 3793 // declarations. 3794 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 3795 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 3796 ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i); 3797 ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i); 3798 mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3799 mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this); 3800 } 3801 3802 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3803 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 3804 3805 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 3806 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 3807 // was visible. 3808 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 3809 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3810 New->setType(Merged); 3811 3812 return false; 3813 } 3814 3815 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 3816 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 3817 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 3818 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 3819 isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext()) 3820 ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation 3821 : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 3822 : AMK_Override; 3823 3824 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 3825 3826 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 3827 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 3828 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 3829 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 3830 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 3831 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 3832 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 3833 3834 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 3835 } 3836 3837 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) { 3838 assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())); 3839 3840 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() 3841 ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type 3842 : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type) 3843 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3844 3845 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3846 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3847 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) 3848 = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3849 S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3850 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3851 } 3852 3853 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 3854 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 3855 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3856 /// 3857 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 3858 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 3859 /// is attached. 3860 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 3861 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 3862 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 3863 return; 3864 3865 QualType MergedT; 3866 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3867 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 3868 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 3869 return; 3870 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 3871 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 3872 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 3873 } 3874 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 3875 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 3876 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 3877 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 3878 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 3879 else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 3880 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3881 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3882 3883 // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array 3884 // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the 3885 // mismatch. 3886 if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) { 3887 for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD; 3888 PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) { 3889 const ArrayType *PrevVDTy = Context.getAsArrayType(PrevVD->getType()); 3890 if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType()) 3891 continue; 3892 3893 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewArray, PrevVDTy)) 3894 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD); 3895 } 3896 } 3897 3898 if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) { 3899 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3900 NewArray->getElementType())) 3901 MergedT = New->getType(); 3902 } 3903 // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New 3904 // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not 3905 // visible. 3906 else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3907 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3908 NewArray->getElementType())) 3909 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3910 } 3911 } 3912 else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3913 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3914 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3915 Old->getType()); 3916 } 3917 } else { 3918 // C 6.2.7p2: 3919 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3920 // compatible type. 3921 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3922 } 3923 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3924 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3925 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3926 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3927 // equivalent. 3928 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3929 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3930 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3931 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3932 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3933 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3934 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3935 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3936 return; 3937 } 3938 return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old); 3939 } 3940 3941 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3942 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3943 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3944 New->setType(MergedT); 3945 } 3946 3947 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3948 LookupResult &Previous) { 3949 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3950 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3951 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3952 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3953 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3954 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3955 // 3956 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3957 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3958 return false; 3959 3960 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3961 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3962 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3963 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3964 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3965 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3966 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3967 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3968 } else { 3969 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3970 // type unless we're in the same function. 3971 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3972 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3973 } 3974 } 3975 3976 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3977 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3978 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3979 /// 3980 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3981 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3982 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3983 /// 3984 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3985 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3986 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3987 return; 3988 3989 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New)) 3990 return; 3991 3992 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3993 3994 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3995 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3996 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3997 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3998 if (NewTemplate) { 3999 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4000 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 4001 4002 if (auto *Shadow = 4003 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4004 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate)) 4005 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4006 } else { 4007 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4008 4009 if (auto *Shadow = 4010 dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl())) 4011 if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New)) 4012 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4013 } 4014 } 4015 if (!Old) { 4016 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 4017 << New->getDeclName(); 4018 notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(), 4019 New->getLocation()); 4020 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4021 } 4022 4023 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 4024 if (NewTemplate && 4025 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4026 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 4027 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 4028 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4029 4030 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 4031 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 4032 // 4033 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 4034 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 4035 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 4036 << New->getIdentifier(); 4037 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4038 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4039 } 4040 4041 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 4042 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 4043 // declaration 4044 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 4045 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 4046 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 4047 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 4048 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4049 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 4050 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 4051 } 4052 4053 if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() && 4054 !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) { 4055 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration) 4056 << New->getDeclName(); 4057 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4058 New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>(); 4059 } 4060 4061 // Merge the types. 4062 VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); 4063 if (MostRecent != Old) { 4064 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent, 4065 mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous)); 4066 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4067 return; 4068 } 4069 4070 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 4071 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 4072 return; 4073 4074 diag::kind PrevDiag; 4075 SourceLocation OldLocation; 4076 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 4077 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 4078 4079 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 4080 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 4081 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4082 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 4083 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4084 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 4085 << New->getDeclName(); 4086 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4087 } else { 4088 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 4089 << New->getDeclName(); 4090 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4091 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4092 } 4093 } 4094 // C99 6.2.2p4: 4095 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 4096 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 4097 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 4098 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 4099 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 4100 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 4101 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 4102 // identifier has external linkage. 4103 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 4104 /* Okay */; 4105 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 4106 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 4107 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4108 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 4109 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4110 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4111 } 4112 4113 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 4114 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 4115 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) { 4116 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4117 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4118 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4119 } 4120 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() && 4121 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 4122 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 4123 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4124 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4125 } 4126 4127 if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old)) 4128 return; 4129 4130 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 4131 4132 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 4133 // need to check for mismatches. 4134 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 4135 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 4136 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4137 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 4138 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 4139 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4140 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 4141 } 4142 4143 if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) { 4144 if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4145 // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4: 4146 // If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before 4147 // its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed. 4148 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New; 4149 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4150 } 4151 } 4152 4153 // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to 4154 // UndefinedButUsed. 4155 if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) && 4156 !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 4157 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 4158 SourceLocation())); 4159 4160 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 4161 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 4162 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4163 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4164 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 4165 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 4166 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4167 } else { 4168 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 4169 // static and dynamic initialization. 4170 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 4171 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 4172 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 4173 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 4174 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4175 } 4176 } 4177 4178 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 4179 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4180 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) { 4181 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() && 4182 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) { 4183 // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged. 4184 Diag(New->getLocation(), 4185 diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def); 4186 } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) { 4187 if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New)) 4188 return; 4189 } 4190 } 4191 4192 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 4193 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 4194 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 4195 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4196 return; 4197 } 4198 4199 // Merge "used" flag. 4200 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 4201 New->setIsUsed(); 4202 4203 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 4204 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 4205 if (NewTemplate) 4206 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 4207 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old); 4208 4209 // Inherit access appropriately. 4210 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 4211 if (NewTemplate) 4212 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 4213 4214 if (Old->isInline()) 4215 New->setImplicitlyInline(); 4216 } 4217 4218 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) { 4219 SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager(); 4220 auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New); 4221 auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation()); 4222 auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first); 4223 auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first); 4224 auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo(); 4225 StringRef HdrFilename = 4226 SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation())); 4227 4228 auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod, 4229 SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool { 4230 // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped 4231 // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets 4232 // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition 4233 // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on. 4234 if (IncLoc.isValid()) { 4235 if (Mod) { 4236 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file) 4237 << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4238 if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid()) 4239 Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here) 4240 << Mod->getFullModuleName(); 4241 } else { 4242 Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file) 4243 << HdrFilename.str(); 4244 } 4245 return true; 4246 } 4247 4248 return false; 4249 }; 4250 4251 // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why 4252 // this leads to a redefinition error. 4253 if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) { 4254 SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first); 4255 SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first); 4256 bool EmittedDiag = 4257 noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc); 4258 EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc); 4259 4260 // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one. 4261 if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld)) 4262 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards); 4263 4264 if (EmittedDiag) 4265 return; 4266 } 4267 4268 // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above. 4269 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 4270 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4271 } 4272 4273 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions 4274 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem. 4275 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) { 4276 if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) && 4277 (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 4278 New->isInline() || 4279 New->getDescribedVarTemplate() || 4280 New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() || 4281 New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) { 4282 // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are 4283 // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration. 4284 New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration(); 4285 4286 // Make the canonical definition visible. 4287 if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 4288 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD); 4289 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old); 4290 return false; 4291 } else { 4292 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 4293 notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation()); 4294 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4295 return true; 4296 } 4297 } 4298 4299 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4300 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 4301 Decl * 4302 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4303 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4304 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false, 4305 AnonRecord); 4306 } 4307 4308 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to 4309 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes. 4310 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks 4311 // compatibility. 4312 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being 4313 // targeted. 4314 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) { 4315 return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) 4316 ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber() 4317 : S->getMSLastManglingNumber(); 4318 } 4319 4320 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 4321 if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4322 return; 4323 4324 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 4325 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 4326 // it is anonymous. 4327 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 4328 return; 4329 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 4330 Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 4331 Context.setManglingNumber( 4332 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber( 4333 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4334 return; 4335 } 4336 4337 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 4338 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 4339 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 4340 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 4341 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext()); 4342 if (MCtx) { 4343 Context.setManglingNumber( 4344 Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 4345 Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope))); 4346 } 4347 } 4348 4349 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec, 4350 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4351 if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl()) 4352 return; 4353 4354 // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes. 4355 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage()) 4356 return; 4357 4358 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 4359 assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 4360 4361 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 4362 if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(), 4363 Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) { 4364 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4365 Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 4366 return; 4367 } 4368 4369 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 4370 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 4371 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 4372 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 4373 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 4374 // for how to handle it. 4375 if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 4376 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 4377 4378 SourceLocation tagLoc = TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart(); 4379 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 4380 4381 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 4382 textToInsert += ' '; 4383 textToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName(); 4384 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 4385 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 4386 return; 4387 } 4388 4389 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 4390 TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 4391 } 4392 4393 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) { 4394 switch (T) { 4395 case DeclSpec::TST_class: 4396 return 0; 4397 case DeclSpec::TST_struct: 4398 return 1; 4399 case DeclSpec::TST_interface: 4400 return 2; 4401 case DeclSpec::TST_union: 4402 return 3; 4403 case DeclSpec::TST_enum: 4404 return 4; 4405 default: 4406 llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier"); 4407 } 4408 } 4409 4410 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 4411 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 4412 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 4413 Decl * 4414 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS, 4415 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 4416 bool IsExplicitInstantiation, 4417 RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) { 4418 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 4419 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 4420 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4421 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4422 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4423 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4424 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4425 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 4426 4427 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 4428 return nullptr; 4429 4430 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 4431 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 4432 // it's a Type. 4433 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 4434 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 4435 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 4436 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 4437 } 4438 4439 if (Tag) { 4440 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 4441 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 4442 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 4443 return Tag; 4444 } 4445 4446 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4447 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 4448 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 4449 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4450 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4451 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 4452 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4453 } 4454 4455 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4456 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 4457 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 4458 4459 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) { 4460 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 4461 // and definitions of functions and variables. 4462 // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to 4463 // the declaration of a function or function template 4464 if (Tag) 4465 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 4466 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) 4467 << DS.getConstexprSpecifier(); 4468 else 4469 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 4470 << DS.getConstexprSpecifier(); 4471 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 4472 return TagD; 4473 } 4474 4475 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 4476 4477 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 4478 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 4479 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 4480 if (TagD && !Tag) 4481 return nullptr; 4482 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 4483 } 4484 4485 const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 4486 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 4487 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 4488 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 4489 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization && 4490 !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) { 4491 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 4492 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 4493 // or an explicit specialization. 4494 // 4495 // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the 4496 // obvious intent of DR1819. 4497 // 4498 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 4499 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 4500 << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange(); 4501 return nullptr; 4502 } 4503 4504 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 4505 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 4506 4507 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 4508 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 4509 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 4510 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4511 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 4512 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4513 // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements, 4514 // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that 4515 // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext. 4516 // Also store them here so that they can be part of the 4517 // DeclStmt that gets created in this case. 4518 // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by 4519 // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason? 4520 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4521 AnonRecord = Record; 4522 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, 4523 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4524 } 4525 4526 DeclaresAnything = false; 4527 } 4528 } 4529 4530 // C11 6.7.2.1p2: 4531 // A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or 4532 // anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list. 4533 // 4534 // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration 4535 // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list. 4536 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() && 4537 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4538 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member. 4539 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union: 4540 // struct STRUCT; 4541 // union UNION; 4542 // and 4543 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 4544 // UNION_TYPE; <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union. 4545 if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) || 4546 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) { 4547 RecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 4548 if (Tag) 4549 Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag); 4550 else if (const RecordType *RT = 4551 DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()) 4552 Record = RT->getDecl(); 4553 else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType()) 4554 Record = UT->getDecl(); 4555 4556 if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 4557 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record) 4558 << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange(); 4559 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 4560 } 4561 4562 DeclaresAnything = false; 4563 } 4564 } 4565 4566 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 4567 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 4568 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 4569 return TagD; 4570 4571 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4572 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4573 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 4574 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 4575 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 4576 DeclaresAnything = false; 4577 4578 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 4579 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 4580 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4581 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 4582 << DS.getSourceRange(); 4583 else 4584 DeclaresAnything = false; 4585 } 4586 4587 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 4588 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4589 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 4590 << Tag->getTagKind() 4591 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 4592 4593 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 4594 4595 // C 6.7/2: 4596 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 4597 // or the members of an enumeration. 4598 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 4599 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 4600 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 4601 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 4602 // previous declaration. 4603 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 4604 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 4605 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 4606 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 4607 return TagD; 4608 } 4609 4610 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 4611 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 4612 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4613 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 4614 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 4615 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 4616 // 4617 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 4618 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 4619 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4620 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 4621 4622 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 4623 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 4624 // useless. 4625 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 4626 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 4627 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 4628 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 4629 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 4630 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4631 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4632 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 4633 } 4634 4635 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 4636 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 4637 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 4638 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4639 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4640 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 4641 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4642 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 4643 // Restrict is covered above. 4644 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4645 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 4646 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4647 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned"; 4648 } 4649 4650 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 4651 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 4652 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 4653 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 4654 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 4655 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 4656 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 4657 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 4658 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 4659 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 4660 for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes()) 4661 Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 4662 << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType); 4663 } 4664 } 4665 4666 return TagD; 4667 } 4668 4669 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 4670 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 4671 /// 4672 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 4673 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 4674 Scope *S, 4675 DeclContext *Owner, 4676 DeclarationName Name, 4677 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4678 bool IsUnion) { 4679 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 4680 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 4681 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 4682 4683 // Pick a representative declaration. 4684 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 4685 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 4686 4687 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 4688 return false; 4689 4690 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl) 4691 << IsUnion << Name; 4692 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4693 4694 return true; 4695 } 4696 4697 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 4698 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 4699 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 4700 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 4701 /// struct, e.g., 4702 /// 4703 /// @code 4704 /// union { 4705 /// int i; 4706 /// float f; 4707 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 4708 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 4709 /// @endcode 4710 /// 4711 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 4712 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 4713 static bool 4714 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner, 4715 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS, 4716 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) { 4717 bool Invalid = false; 4718 4719 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 4720 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 4721 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 4722 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 4723 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 4724 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 4725 VD->getLocation(), 4726 AnonRecord->isUnion())) { 4727 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4728 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 4729 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 4730 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 4731 Invalid = true; 4732 } else { 4733 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4734 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 4735 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 4736 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 4737 // anonymous union is declared. 4738 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 4739 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 4740 Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end()); 4741 else 4742 Chaining.push_back(VD); 4743 4744 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 4745 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 4746 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 4747 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 4748 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 4749 4750 IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create( 4751 SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(), 4752 VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()}); 4753 4754 for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs()) 4755 IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context)); 4756 4757 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4758 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 4759 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 4760 4761 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 4762 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 4763 4764 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 4765 } 4766 } 4767 } 4768 4769 return Invalid; 4770 } 4771 4772 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 4773 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 4774 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 4775 static StorageClass 4776 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4777 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 4778 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 4779 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 4780 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 4781 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 4782 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 4783 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 4784 return SC_None; 4785 return SC_Extern; 4786 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 4787 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 4788 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 4789 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 4790 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 4791 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 4792 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 4793 } 4794 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 4795 } 4796 4797 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 4798 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 4799 4800 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 4801 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 4802 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 4803 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 4804 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 4805 return FD->getLocation(); 4806 } 4807 4808 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 4809 } 4810 4811 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4812 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 4813 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4814 return; 4815 4816 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 4817 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 4818 } 4819 4820 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 4821 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 4822 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 4823 return; 4824 4825 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 4826 } 4827 4828 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 4829 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 4830 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 4831 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 4832 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 4833 AccessSpecifier AS, 4834 RecordDecl *Record, 4835 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 4836 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 4837 4838 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 4839 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 4840 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 4841 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4842 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 4843 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 4844 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 4845 4846 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 4847 // structs/unions. 4848 bool Invalid = false; 4849 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4850 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 4851 if (Record->isUnion()) { 4852 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4853 // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2: 4854 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 4855 // global namespace shall be declared static. 4856 unsigned DiagID; 4857 DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext(); 4858 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 4859 (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() || 4860 (OwnerScope->isNamespace() && 4861 !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) { 4862 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 4863 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 4864 4865 // Recover by adding 'static'. 4866 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 4867 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 4868 } 4869 // C++ [class.union]p6: 4870 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 4871 // anonymous union in a class scope. 4872 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 4873 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 4874 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4875 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 4876 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 4877 4878 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 4879 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 4880 SourceLocation(), 4881 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 4882 } 4883 } 4884 4885 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 4886 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 4887 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 4888 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4889 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 4890 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 4891 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 4892 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 4893 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4894 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 4895 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 4896 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 4897 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 4898 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4899 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 4900 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 4901 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 4902 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 4903 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4904 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 4905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 4906 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned) 4907 Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), 4908 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 4909 << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned" 4910 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc()); 4911 4912 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 4913 } 4914 4915 // C++ [class.union]p2: 4916 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 4917 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 4918 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 4919 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 4920 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 4921 // C++ [class.union]p3: 4922 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 4923 // members (clause 11). 4924 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 4925 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 4926 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 4927 << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 4928 Invalid = true; 4929 } 4930 4931 // C++ [class.union]p1 4932 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 4933 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 4934 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 4935 // array of such objects. 4936 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 4937 Invalid = true; 4938 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 4939 // Any implicit members are fine. 4940 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 4941 // This is a type that showed up in an 4942 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 4943 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 4944 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 4945 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 4946 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 4947 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 4948 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4949 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 4950 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4951 << Record->isUnion(); 4952 else { 4953 // This is a nested type declaration. 4954 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4955 << Record->isUnion(); 4956 Invalid = true; 4957 } 4958 } else { 4959 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 4960 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 4961 // not part of standard C++. 4962 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 4963 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 4964 << Record->isUnion(); 4965 } 4966 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 4967 // Any access specifier is fine. 4968 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 4969 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 4970 } else { 4971 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 4972 // member. Complain about it. 4973 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 4974 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 4975 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 4976 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 4977 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 4978 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 4979 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 4980 4981 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 4982 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 4983 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 4984 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 4985 << Record->isUnion(); 4986 else { 4987 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion(); 4988 Invalid = true; 4989 } 4990 } 4991 } 4992 4993 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 4994 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 4995 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 4996 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 4997 Owner->isRecord()) 4998 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 4999 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 5000 } 5001 5002 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 5003 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 5004 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 5005 Invalid = true; 5006 } 5007 5008 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 5009 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 5010 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 5011 // names into the program 5012 // C++ [class.mem]p2: 5013 // each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member 5014 // name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field 5015 // 5016 // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere. 5017 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty()) 5018 Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 5019 5020 // Mock up a declarator. 5021 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::MemberContext); 5022 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5023 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 5024 5025 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 5026 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 5027 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 5028 Anon = FieldDecl::Create( 5029 Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(), 5030 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, 5031 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5032 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5033 Anon->setAccess(AS); 5034 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc); 5035 5036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5037 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 5038 } else { 5039 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 5040 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 5041 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5042 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5043 // an error here 5044 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5045 Invalid = true; 5046 SC = SC_None; 5047 } 5048 5049 assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected"); 5050 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(), 5051 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 5052 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC); 5053 5054 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 5055 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 5056 // initializer: 5057 // union { int n = 0; }; 5058 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon); 5059 } 5060 Anon->setImplicit(); 5061 5062 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 5063 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 5064 5065 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 5066 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 5067 // its members. 5068 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 5069 5070 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 5071 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5072 // purposes. 5073 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5074 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5075 5076 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain)) 5077 Invalid = true; 5078 5079 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 5080 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5081 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 5082 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5083 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 5084 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 5085 if (MCtx) { 5086 Context.setManglingNumber( 5087 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 5088 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 5089 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5090 } 5091 } 5092 } 5093 5094 if (Invalid) 5095 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5096 5097 return Anon; 5098 } 5099 5100 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 5101 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 5102 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 5103 /// Example: 5104 /// 5105 /// struct A { int a; }; 5106 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 5107 /// 5108 /// void foo() { 5109 /// B var; 5110 /// var.a = 3; 5111 /// } 5112 /// 5113 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 5114 RecordDecl *Record) { 5115 assert(Record && "expected a record!"); 5116 5117 // Mock up a declarator. 5118 Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeNameContext); 5119 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 5120 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 5121 5122 auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext); 5123 QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 5124 5125 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 5126 NamedDecl *Anon = 5127 FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(), 5128 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo, 5129 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 5130 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 5131 Anon->setImplicit(); 5132 5133 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 5134 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 5135 5136 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 5137 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 5138 // purposes. 5139 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 5140 Chain.push_back(Anon); 5141 5142 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 5143 if (RequireCompleteType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy, 5144 diag::err_field_incomplete) || 5145 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef, 5146 AS_none, Chain)) { 5147 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 5148 ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5149 } 5150 5151 return Anon; 5152 } 5153 5154 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 5155 /// given Declarator. 5156 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 5157 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 5158 } 5159 5160 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 5161 DeclarationNameInfo 5162 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 5163 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 5164 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 5165 5166 switch (Name.getKind()) { 5167 5168 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 5169 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 5170 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 5171 return NameInfo; 5172 5173 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: { 5174 // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3: 5175 // The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization. 5176 // The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name 5177 // of the simple-template-id. 5178 // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a 5179 // class template. 5180 // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {}; 5181 // template<typename T> using Y = X<T>; 5182 // Y(int) -> Y<int>; 5183 // satisfies these rules but does not name a class template. 5184 TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get(); 5185 auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl(); 5186 if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) { 5187 Diag(Name.StartLocation, 5188 diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template) 5189 << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN; 5190 if (Template) 5191 Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here); 5192 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5193 } 5194 5195 NameInfo.setName( 5196 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template)); 5197 return NameInfo; 5198 } 5199 5200 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 5201 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 5202 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 5203 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 5204 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 5205 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 5206 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 5207 return NameInfo; 5208 5209 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 5210 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 5211 Name.Identifier)); 5212 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 5213 return NameInfo; 5214 5215 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 5216 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5217 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 5218 if (Ty.isNull()) 5219 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5220 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 5221 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5222 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5223 return NameInfo; 5224 } 5225 5226 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: { 5227 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5228 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 5229 if (Ty.isNull()) 5230 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5231 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5232 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5233 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5234 return NameInfo; 5235 } 5236 5237 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 5238 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 5239 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 5240 // to find the actual type being constructed. 5241 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 5242 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 5243 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5244 5245 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 5246 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 5247 5248 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 5249 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 5250 // was qualified. 5251 5252 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 5253 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 5254 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 5255 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 5256 return NameInfo; 5257 } 5258 5259 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: { 5260 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 5261 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 5262 if (Ty.isNull()) 5263 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 5264 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 5265 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 5266 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 5267 return NameInfo; 5268 } 5269 5270 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: { 5271 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 5272 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 5273 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 5274 } 5275 5276 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 5277 5278 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 5279 } 5280 5281 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 5282 do { 5283 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 5284 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 5285 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 5286 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 5287 else 5288 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 5289 } while (true); 5290 } 5291 5292 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 5293 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 5294 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 5295 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 5296 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 5297 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 5298 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 5299 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 5300 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 5301 FunctionDecl *Definition, 5302 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 5303 Params.clear(); 5304 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 5305 return false; 5306 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 5307 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5308 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 5309 5310 // The parameter types are identical 5311 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 5312 continue; 5313 5314 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 5315 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 5316 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5317 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 5318 5319 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 5320 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 5321 Params.push_back(Idx); 5322 else // The two parameters aren't even close 5323 return false; 5324 } 5325 5326 return true; 5327 } 5328 5329 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 5330 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 5331 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 5332 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 5333 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 5334 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 5335 DeclarationName Name) { 5336 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 5337 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 5338 // - types which will become injected class names 5339 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 5340 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 5341 // few cases here. 5342 5343 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 5344 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 5345 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 5346 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 5347 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 5348 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 5349 // Grab the type from the parser. 5350 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 5351 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 5352 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 5353 5354 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 5355 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 5356 // attached already. 5357 if (!TSI) 5358 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 5359 5360 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 5361 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 5362 if (!TSI) return true; 5363 5364 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 5365 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 5366 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 5367 break; 5368 } 5369 5370 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 5371 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 5372 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 5373 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 5374 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 5375 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 5376 break; 5377 } 5378 5379 default: 5380 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 5381 break; 5382 } 5383 5384 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 5385 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5386 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 5387 5388 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 5389 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 5390 // pointer. 5391 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 5392 continue; 5393 5394 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 5395 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 5396 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 5397 return true; 5398 } 5399 5400 return false; 5401 } 5402 5403 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 5404 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 5405 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 5406 5407 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 5408 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 5409 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 5410 5411 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 5412 setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl); 5413 5414 return Dcl; 5415 } 5416 5417 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 5418 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 5419 /// name different from T: 5420 /// - every static data member of class T; 5421 /// - every member function of class T 5422 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 5423 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 5424 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 5425 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 5426 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5427 5428 CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 5429 while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 5430 Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent()); 5431 if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 5432 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 5433 return true; 5434 } 5435 5436 return false; 5437 } 5438 5439 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 5440 /// nested-name-specifier. 5441 /// 5442 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5443 /// 5444 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 5445 /// resolves. 5446 /// 5447 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 5448 /// 5449 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 5450 /// 5451 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus 5452 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation. 5453 /// 5454 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 5455 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 5456 DeclarationName Name, 5457 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) { 5458 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 5459 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 5460 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 5461 5462 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 5463 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 5464 // 5465 // class X { 5466 // void X::f(); 5467 // }; 5468 // 5469 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 5470 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 5471 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 5472 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5473 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 5474 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 5475 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 5476 SS.clear(); 5477 } else { 5478 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 5479 } 5480 return false; 5481 } 5482 5483 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 5484 // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in 5485 // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope. 5486 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) { 5487 if (Cur->isRecord()) 5488 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5489 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5490 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 5491 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 5492 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5493 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 5494 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 5495 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5496 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 5497 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 5498 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5499 else 5500 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 5501 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 5502 5503 return true; 5504 } 5505 5506 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 5507 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 5508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 5509 << Name << SS.getRange(); 5510 SS.clear(); 5511 5512 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 5513 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 5514 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 5515 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 5516 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 5517 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 5518 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 5519 return true; 5520 5521 return false; 5522 } 5523 5524 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 5525 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 5526 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 5527 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 5528 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 5529 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 5530 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 5531 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 5532 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 5533 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 5534 5535 return false; 5536 } 5537 5538 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5539 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 5540 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 5541 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 5542 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 5543 5544 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 5545 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 5546 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 5547 return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists); 5548 } else if (!Name) { 5549 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 5550 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 5551 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 5552 return nullptr; 5553 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5554 return nullptr; 5555 5556 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 5557 // we find one that is. 5558 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 5559 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 5560 S = S->getParent(); 5561 5562 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5563 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 5564 D.setInvalidType(); 5565 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5566 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5567 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 5568 return nullptr; 5569 5570 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 5571 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 5572 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 5573 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 5574 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 5575 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 5576 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 5577 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5578 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 5579 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 5580 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5581 return nullptr; 5582 } 5583 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 5584 5585 if (!IsDependentContext && 5586 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 5587 return nullptr; 5588 5589 // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it. 5590 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 5591 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5592 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 5593 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5594 return nullptr; 5595 } 5596 if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 5597 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration( 5598 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5599 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) { 5600 if (DC->isRecord()) 5601 return nullptr; 5602 5603 D.setInvalidType(); 5604 } 5605 } 5606 5607 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 5608 // declaration in the current instantiation. 5609 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 5610 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 5611 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 5612 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 5613 D.setInvalidType(); 5614 } 5615 } 5616 5617 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 5618 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5619 5620 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 5621 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 5622 D.setInvalidType(); 5623 5624 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 5625 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 5626 5627 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 5628 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5629 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 5630 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 5631 5632 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 5633 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 5634 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 5635 // 5636 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 5637 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 5638 // the same name. 5639 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 5640 /* Do nothing*/; 5641 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 5642 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 5643 R->isFunctionType())) { 5644 IsLinkageLookup = true; 5645 CreateBuiltins = 5646 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 5647 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5648 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 5649 CreateBuiltins = true; 5650 5651 if (IsLinkageLookup) { 5652 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 5653 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration); 5654 } 5655 5656 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 5657 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 5658 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5659 5660 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5661 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 5662 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 5663 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 5664 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 5665 // thereof; [...] 5666 // 5667 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 5668 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 5669 // we want to match. For example, given: 5670 // 5671 // class X { 5672 // void f(); 5673 // void f(float); 5674 // }; 5675 // 5676 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 5677 // 5678 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 5679 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 5680 // matches. 5681 5682 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 5683 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 5684 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 5685 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 5686 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 5687 } 5688 5689 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5690 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5691 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5692 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 5693 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5694 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5695 5696 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5697 Previous.clear(); 5698 } 5699 5700 if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 5701 // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name. 5702 Previous.clear(); 5703 5704 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 5705 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 5706 // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and 5707 // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates. 5708 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 5709 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 5710 (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType())) 5711 Previous.clear(); 5712 5713 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 5714 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 5715 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5716 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 5717 5718 NamedDecl *New; 5719 5720 bool AddToScope = true; 5721 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 5722 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 5723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 5724 return nullptr; 5725 } 5726 5727 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 5728 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 5729 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 5730 TemplateParamLists, 5731 AddToScope); 5732 } else { 5733 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 5734 AddToScope); 5735 } 5736 5737 if (!New) 5738 return nullptr; 5739 5740 // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization, 5741 // add it to the scope stack. 5742 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope) 5743 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5744 5745 if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext()) 5746 checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New); 5747 5748 return New; 5749 } 5750 5751 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5752 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5753 /// GCC compatibility). 5754 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 5755 ASTContext &Context, 5756 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5757 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5758 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 5759 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 5760 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 5761 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 5762 SizeIsNegative = false; 5763 Oversized = 0; 5764 5765 if (T->isDependentType()) 5766 return QualType(); 5767 5768 QualifierCollector Qs; 5769 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 5770 5771 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 5772 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 5773 QualType FixedType = 5774 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5775 Oversized); 5776 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5777 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 5778 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5779 } 5780 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 5781 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 5782 QualType FixedType = 5783 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 5784 Oversized); 5785 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 5786 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 5787 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 5788 } 5789 5790 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 5791 if (!VLATy) 5792 return QualType(); 5793 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 5794 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 5795 return QualType(); 5796 5797 Expr::EvalResult Result; 5798 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 5799 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context)) 5800 return QualType(); 5801 5802 llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt(); 5803 5804 // Check whether the array size is negative. 5805 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 5806 SizeIsNegative = true; 5807 return QualType(); 5808 } 5809 5810 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 5811 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 5812 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 5813 Res); 5814 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 5815 Oversized = Res; 5816 return QualType(); 5817 } 5818 5819 return Context.getConstantArrayType( 5820 VLATy->getElementType(), Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0); 5821 } 5822 5823 static void 5824 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 5825 SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5826 DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc(); 5827 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 5828 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 5829 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 5830 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 5831 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 5832 return; 5833 } 5834 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 5835 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 5836 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 5837 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 5838 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 5839 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 5840 return; 5841 } 5842 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5843 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 5844 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 5845 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 5846 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 5847 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 5848 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 5849 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 5850 } 5851 5852 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 5853 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 5854 /// GCC compatibility). 5855 static TypeSourceInfo* 5856 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 5857 ASTContext &Context, 5858 bool &SizeIsNegative, 5859 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 5860 QualType FixedTy 5861 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 5862 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 5863 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 5864 return nullptr; 5865 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 5866 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 5867 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 5868 return FixedTInfo; 5869 } 5870 5871 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 5872 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 5873 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 5874 /// function-scope declarations. 5875 void 5876 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 5877 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5878 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5879 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 5880 return; 5881 5882 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 5883 Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND); 5884 } 5885 5886 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 5887 // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)). 5888 auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name); 5889 return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin(); 5890 } 5891 5892 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 5893 /// does not identify a function. 5894 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 5895 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 5896 // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;" 5897 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 5898 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 5899 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 5900 5901 if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier()) 5902 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 5903 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 5904 5905 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 5906 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 5907 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 5908 } 5909 5910 NamedDecl* 5911 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 5912 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 5913 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5914 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5915 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 5916 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5917 D.setInvalidType(); 5918 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 5919 DC = CurContext; 5920 Previous.clear(); 5921 } 5922 5923 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5924 5925 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 5926 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 5927 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 5928 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 5929 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 5930 << 1 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 5931 5932 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) { 5933 if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName) 5934 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, 5935 diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier) 5936 << "typedef"; 5937 else 5938 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 5939 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 5940 return nullptr; 5941 } 5942 5943 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 5944 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 5945 5946 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5947 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 5948 5949 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 5950 5951 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 5952 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 5953 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 5954 return ND; 5955 } 5956 5957 void 5958 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 5959 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 5960 // then it shall have block scope. 5961 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 5962 // that redeclarations will match. 5963 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5964 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5965 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 5966 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 5967 5968 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5969 bool SizeIsNegative; 5970 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 5971 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 5972 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 5973 SizeIsNegative, 5974 Oversized); 5975 if (FixedTInfo) { 5976 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 5977 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 5978 } else { 5979 if (SizeIsNegative) 5980 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 5981 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 5982 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 5983 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 5984 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 5985 << Oversized.toString(10); 5986 else 5987 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 5988 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5989 } 5990 } 5991 } 5992 } 5993 5994 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 5995 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 5996 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 5997 NamedDecl* 5998 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 5999 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 6000 6001 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 6002 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous); 6003 6004 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 6005 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 6006 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 6007 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 6008 filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous); 6009 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6010 Redeclaration = true; 6011 MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous); 6012 } else { 6013 inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD); 6014 } 6015 6016 if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration) 6017 CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 6018 6019 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6020 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 6021 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 6022 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 6023 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 6024 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 6025 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 6026 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6027 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 6028 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 6029 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 6030 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 6031 } 6032 6033 return NewTD; 6034 } 6035 6036 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 6037 /// previous declaration. 6038 /// 6039 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 6040 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 6041 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 6042 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 6043 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 6044 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 6045 /// 6046 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 6047 /// lookup 6048 /// 6049 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 6050 /// declared. 6051 /// 6052 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 6053 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 6054 static bool 6055 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 6056 ASTContext &Context) { 6057 if (!PrevDecl) 6058 return false; 6059 6060 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 6061 return false; 6062 6063 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6064 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 6065 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 6066 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 6067 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 6068 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 6069 // linkage of the previous declaration. 6070 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 6071 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6072 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 6073 return false; 6074 6075 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 6076 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 6077 // We found a member function: ignore it. 6078 return false; 6079 6080 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 6081 // previous declarations. 6082 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6083 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6084 6085 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 6086 // isn't the same function. 6087 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 6088 return false; 6089 } 6090 6091 return true; 6092 } 6093 6094 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 6095 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 6096 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 6097 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context)); 6098 } 6099 6100 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 6101 QualType type = decl->getType(); 6102 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 6103 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 6104 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 6105 unsigned kind = -1U; 6106 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6107 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6108 kind = 0; // __block 6109 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 6110 kind = 1; // global 6111 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 6112 kind = 3; // ivar 6113 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 6114 kind = 2; // field 6115 } 6116 6117 if (kind != -1U) { 6118 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 6119 << kind; 6120 } 6121 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6122 // Try to infer lifetime. 6123 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 6124 return false; 6125 6126 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 6127 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 6128 decl->setType(type); 6129 } 6130 6131 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 6132 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 6133 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 6134 var->getTLSKind()) { 6135 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 6136 << var->getType(); 6137 return true; 6138 } 6139 } 6140 6141 return false; 6142 } 6143 6144 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) { 6145 if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace()) 6146 return; 6147 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 6148 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 6149 if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType()) 6150 return; 6151 LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private; 6152 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) && 6153 Var->hasGlobalStorage()) 6154 ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global; 6155 // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array 6156 // type has no address space yet, deduce it now. 6157 if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) { 6158 auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType(); 6159 if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) { 6160 // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate 6161 // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`. 6162 OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS); 6163 OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0); 6164 // Re-generate the decayed type. 6165 Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy); 6166 } 6167 } 6168 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS); 6169 // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to 6170 // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of 6171 // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so 6172 // qualified, not the array type." 6173 if (Type->isArrayType()) 6174 Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0); 6175 Decl->setType(Type); 6176 } 6177 } 6178 6179 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 6180 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 6181 // the wrong linkage. 6182 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 6183 6184 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 6185 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 6186 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6187 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 6188 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 6189 } 6190 } 6191 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 6192 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6193 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 6194 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 6195 ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6196 } 6197 } 6198 6199 if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) { 6200 if (VD->hasInit()) { 6201 if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 6202 assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 6203 !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!"); 6204 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0; 6205 VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 6206 } 6207 } 6208 } 6209 6210 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations. 6211 // It does not apply to functions. 6212 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 6213 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 6214 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 6215 diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 6216 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 6217 } 6218 } 6219 6220 if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) { 6221 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND); 6222 bool IsAnonymousNS = false; 6223 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6224 if (VD) { 6225 const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext()); 6226 while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) { 6227 IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace(); 6228 NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent()); 6229 } 6230 } 6231 // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external 6232 // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported. 6233 // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have 6234 // external linkage in order to be exported. 6235 bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft; 6236 if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) || 6237 (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode && 6238 (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) { 6239 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 6240 << &ND << Attr; 6241 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 6242 } 6243 } 6244 6245 // Virtual functions cannot be marked as 'notail'. 6246 if (auto *Attr = ND.getAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>()) 6247 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(&ND)) 6248 if (MD->isVirtual()) { 6249 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), 6250 diag::err_invalid_attribute_on_virtual_function) 6251 << Attr; 6252 ND.dropAttr<NotTailCalledAttr>(); 6253 } 6254 6255 // Check the attributes on the function type, if any. 6256 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) { 6257 // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement; 6258 // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the 6259 // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769. 6260 AttributedTypeLoc ATL; 6261 for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(); 6262 (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>()); 6263 TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) { 6264 // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object 6265 // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor) 6266 // by applying it to the function type. 6267 if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) { 6268 const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6269 if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) { 6270 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param) 6271 << !MD << A->getRange(); 6272 } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 6273 S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor) 6274 << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange(); 6275 } 6276 } 6277 } 6278 } 6279 } 6280 6281 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 6282 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 6283 bool IsSpecialization, 6284 bool IsDefinition) { 6285 if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 6286 return; 6287 6288 bool IsTemplate = false; 6289 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 6290 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6291 IsTemplate = true; 6292 if (!IsSpecialization) 6293 IsDefinition = false; 6294 } 6295 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6296 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 6297 IsTemplate = true; 6298 } 6299 6300 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 6301 return; 6302 6303 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6304 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6305 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6306 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 6307 6308 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 6309 // inherited attribute instances. 6310 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 6311 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 6312 6313 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 6314 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 6315 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 6316 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 6317 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 6318 6319 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 6320 // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables. 6321 bool JustWarn = false; 6322 if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) { 6323 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl); 6324 if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) 6325 JustWarn = true; 6326 auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 6327 if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate) 6328 JustWarn = true; 6329 } 6330 6331 // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already 6332 // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo 6333 // address equality) as they can use the thunk. 6334 if (OldDecl->isUsed()) 6335 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr) 6336 JustWarn = false; 6337 6338 unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration 6339 : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration; 6340 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID) 6341 << NewDecl 6342 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 6343 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6344 if (!JustWarn) { 6345 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6346 return; 6347 } 6348 } 6349 6350 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 6351 // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function 6352 // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or 6353 // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if 6354 // it were marked dllexport. 6355 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 6356 bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft(); 6357 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6358 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 6359 // separately. 6360 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 6361 IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) != 6362 VarDecl::DeclarationOnly; 6363 } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6364 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 6365 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 6366 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 6367 } 6368 6369 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && 6370 (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoft && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember && 6371 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 6372 if (IsMicrosoft && IsDefinition) { 6373 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6374 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute) 6375 << NewDecl; 6376 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6377 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6378 NewDecl->addAttr( 6379 DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange())); 6380 } else { 6381 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6382 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 6383 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6384 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6385 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 6386 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6387 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6388 } 6389 } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoft) { 6390 // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport 6391 // attribute. 6392 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6393 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 6394 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 6395 diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function) 6396 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 6397 } 6398 6399 // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here 6400 // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the 6401 // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically 6402 // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later. 6403 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) { 6404 if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization && 6405 !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) { 6406 if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr = 6407 MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 6408 DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context); 6409 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 6410 NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr); 6411 } 6412 } 6413 } 6414 } 6415 6416 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 6417 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 6418 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 6419 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 6420 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 6421 6422 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 6423 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 6424 6425 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 6426 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 6427 return false; 6428 6429 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 6430 return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 6431 } 6432 6433 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 6434 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 6435 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 6436 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 6437 /// 6438 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 6439 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 6440 /// 6441 /// For instance: 6442 /// 6443 /// auto x = []{}; 6444 /// 6445 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 6446 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 6447 /// 6448 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 6449 template<typename T> 6450 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 6451 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6452 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 6453 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 6454 return false; 6455 6456 // So do CUDA's host/device attributes. 6457 if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 6458 D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>())) 6459 return false; 6460 } 6461 return D->isExternC(); 6462 } 6463 6464 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 6465 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6466 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || 6467 isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6468 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 6469 if (DC->isFileContext()) 6470 return true; 6471 if (DC->isRecord()) 6472 return false; 6473 if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC)) 6474 return false; 6475 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6476 } 6477 6478 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 6479 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6480 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || 6481 isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC)) 6482 return true; 6483 if (DC->isRecord()) 6484 return false; 6485 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 6486 } 6487 6488 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 6489 ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) { 6490 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 6491 if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6492 return true; 6493 6494 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 6495 // position to the decl itself. 6496 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 6497 if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind)) 6498 return true; 6499 } 6500 6501 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 6502 return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind); 6503 } 6504 6505 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 6506 /// function-local external declaration. 6507 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 6508 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 6509 return false; 6510 6511 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 6512 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 6513 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 6514 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 6515 return true; 6516 6517 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 6518 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 6519 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 6520 // innermost enclosing namespace. 6521 // 6522 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 6523 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 6524 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 6525 DC = DC->getParent(); 6526 return true; 6527 } 6528 6529 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage. 6530 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) { 6531 if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) 6532 return FD->isExternC(); 6533 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 6534 return VD->isExternC(); 6535 6536 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!"); 6537 } 6538 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed. 6539 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D, 6540 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) { 6541 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument. 6542 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function 6543 // argument. 6544 if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) { 6545 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6546 diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter) 6547 << R; 6548 D.setInvalidType(); 6549 return false; 6550 } 6551 6552 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6553 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 6554 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q: 6555 // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program 6556 // scope. 6557 if (NULL == S->getParent()) { 6558 if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) { 6559 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6560 diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var) 6561 << R; 6562 D.setInvalidType(); 6563 return false; 6564 } 6565 } 6566 6567 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 6568 QualType NR = R; 6569 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 6570 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 6571 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer); 6572 D.setInvalidType(); 6573 return false; 6574 } 6575 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 6576 } 6577 6578 if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16")) { 6579 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 6580 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 6581 if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 6582 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 6583 D.setInvalidType(); 6584 return false; 6585 } 6586 } 6587 6588 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r: 6589 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 6590 // address space qualifiers. 6591 if (R->isEventT()) { 6592 if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) { 6593 Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 6594 D.setInvalidType(); 6595 return false; 6596 } 6597 } 6598 6599 // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier. 6600 // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and 6601 // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers. 6602 DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec(); 6603 if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) { 6604 bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus; 6605 Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6606 diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier) 6607 << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString() 6608 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1; 6609 D.setInvalidType(); 6610 return false; 6611 } 6612 6613 if (R->isSamplerT()) { 6614 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 6615 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 6616 // space qualifiers. 6617 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 6618 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 6619 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 6620 D.setInvalidType(); 6621 } 6622 6623 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1: 6624 // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address 6625 // space qualifier or with the const qualifier. 6626 if (DC->isTranslationUnit() && 6627 !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 6628 R.isConstQualified())) { 6629 Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler); 6630 D.setInvalidType(); 6631 } 6632 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6633 return false; 6634 } 6635 return true; 6636 } 6637 6638 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator( 6639 Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6640 LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6641 bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) { 6642 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6643 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 6644 6645 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6646 6647 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6648 // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic 6649 // purposes. 6650 auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 6651 if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) { 6652 II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name; 6653 Name = II; 6654 } 6655 } else if (!II) { 6656 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name; 6657 return nullptr; 6658 } 6659 6660 6661 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 6662 StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 6663 6664 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 6665 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 6666 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 6667 hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) && 6668 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport)) 6669 SC = SC_Extern; 6670 6671 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6672 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 6673 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6674 6675 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 6676 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 6677 // an error here 6678 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 6679 D.setInvalidType(); 6680 SC = SC_None; 6681 } 6682 6683 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 6684 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 6685 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 6686 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 6687 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 6688 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 6689 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6690 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 6691 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 6692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6693 } 6694 6695 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 6696 6697 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 6698 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 6699 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 6700 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 6701 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 6702 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 6703 D.setInvalidType(); 6704 } 6705 } 6706 6707 bool IsMemberSpecialization = false; 6708 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 6709 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 6710 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 6711 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 6712 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 6713 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 6714 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6715 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6716 II, R, TInfo, SC); 6717 6718 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6719 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6720 6721 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6722 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6723 6724 if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() && 6725 NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 6726 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(), 6727 NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct); 6728 } else { 6729 bool Invalid = false; 6730 6731 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 6732 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 6733 switch (SC) { 6734 case SC_None: 6735 break; 6736 case SC_Static: 6737 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6738 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 6739 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6740 break; 6741 case SC_Auto: 6742 case SC_Register: 6743 case SC_Extern: 6744 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 6745 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 6746 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 6747 // of class members 6748 6749 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6750 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 6751 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 6752 break; 6753 case SC_PrivateExtern: 6754 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 6755 } 6756 } 6757 6758 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 6759 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 6760 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 6761 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6762 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 6763 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 6764 6765 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 6766 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 6767 if (RD->isUnion()) 6768 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6769 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 6770 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 6771 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 6772 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 6773 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 6774 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6775 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 6776 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 6777 } 6778 } 6779 6780 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6781 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6782 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6783 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6784 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6785 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 6786 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6787 : nullptr, 6788 TemplateParamLists, 6789 /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, Invalid); 6790 6791 if (TemplateParams) { 6792 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 6793 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6794 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 6795 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 6796 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6797 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 6798 << II 6799 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 6800 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 6801 TemplateParams = nullptr; 6802 } else { 6803 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 6804 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 6805 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 6806 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 6807 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 6808 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 6809 // This is a template declaration. 6810 IsVariableTemplate = true; 6811 6812 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6813 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6814 return nullptr; 6815 6816 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 6817 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6818 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 6819 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 6820 : diag::ext_variable_template); 6821 } 6822 } 6823 } else { 6824 assert((Invalid || 6825 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) && 6826 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 6827 } 6828 6829 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 6830 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 6831 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 6832 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 6833 : SourceLocation(); 6834 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 6835 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 6836 IsPartialSpecialization); 6837 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6838 return nullptr; 6839 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 6840 AddToScope = false; 6841 } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 6842 NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6843 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC, 6844 Bindings); 6845 } else 6846 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 6847 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 6848 6849 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 6850 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 6851 NewTemplate = 6852 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 6853 TemplateParams, NewVD); 6854 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 6855 } 6856 6857 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 6858 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 6859 if (R->getContainedDeducedType()) 6860 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 6861 6862 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 6863 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6864 if (NewTemplate) 6865 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6866 } 6867 6868 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D); 6869 6870 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 6871 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 6872 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 6873 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 6874 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 6875 Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists)); 6876 } 6877 6878 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) { 6879 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6880 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 6881 << 0; 6882 } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6883 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration. 6884 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6885 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 6886 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 6887 } else { 6888 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 6889 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable 6890 : diag::ext_inline_variable); 6891 NewVD->setInlineSpecified(); 6892 } 6893 } 6894 6895 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 6896 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6897 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6898 if (NewTemplate) 6899 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6900 6901 if (IsLocalExternDecl) { 6902 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) 6903 for (auto *B : Bindings) 6904 B->setLocalExternDecl(); 6905 else 6906 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6907 } 6908 6909 bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false; 6910 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 6911 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 6912 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 6913 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 6914 // explicitly. 6915 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 6916 // 'extern'. 6917 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 6918 (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified || 6919 TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local || 6920 !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())) 6921 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6922 diag::err_thread_non_global) 6923 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6924 else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) { 6925 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 6926 // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to 6927 // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the 6928 // error should be ignored. 6929 EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true; 6930 // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with 6931 // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going 6932 // to emit any code for it. 6933 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6934 } else 6935 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6936 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 6937 } else 6938 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 6939 } 6940 6941 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 6942 case CSK_unspecified: 6943 break; 6944 6945 case CSK_consteval: 6946 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6947 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 6948 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 6949 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 6950 6951 case CSK_constexpr: 6952 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 6953 // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1: 6954 // A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is 6955 // implicitly an inline variable. 6956 if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() && 6957 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 || 6958 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())) 6959 NewVD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6960 break; 6961 6962 case CSK_constinit: 6963 if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage()) 6964 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6965 diag::err_constinit_local_variable); 6966 else 6967 NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create( 6968 Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 6969 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit)); 6970 break; 6971 } 6972 6973 // C99 6.7.4p3 6974 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 6975 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 6976 // thread storage duration... 6977 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 6978 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 6979 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 6980 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 6981 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 6982 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 6983 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 6984 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 6985 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 6986 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6987 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 6988 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 6989 } 6990 } 6991 6992 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 6993 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 6994 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 6995 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 6996 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 6997 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 6998 else if (IsMemberSpecialization) 6999 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7000 << 2 7001 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7002 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 7003 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 7004 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 7005 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 7006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 7007 else { 7008 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 7009 if (NewTemplate) 7010 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7011 for (auto *B : Bindings) 7012 B->setModulePrivate(); 7013 } 7014 } 7015 7016 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7017 7018 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD); 7019 7020 diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType()); 7021 } 7022 7023 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 7024 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 7025 7026 if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice) { 7027 if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError && 7028 ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) || 7029 (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice && 7030 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD)))) 7031 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7032 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 7033 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 7034 // storage [duration]." 7035 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 7036 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 7037 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 7038 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 7039 } 7040 } 7041 7042 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 7043 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 7044 // check the VarDecl itself. 7045 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 7046 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 7047 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 7048 7049 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 7050 // retainable type. 7051 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 7052 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7053 7054 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7055 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 7056 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7057 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7058 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 7059 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 7060 switch (SC) { 7061 case SC_None: 7062 case SC_Auto: 7063 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 7064 break; 7065 case SC_Register: 7066 // Local Named register 7067 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) && 7068 DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl())) 7069 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7070 break; 7071 case SC_Static: 7072 case SC_Extern: 7073 case SC_PrivateExtern: 7074 break; 7075 } 7076 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 7077 // Global Named register 7078 if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) { 7079 const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo(); 7080 bool HasSizeMismatch; 7081 7082 if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 7083 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 7084 else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label, 7085 Context.getTypeSize(R), 7086 HasSizeMismatch)) 7087 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label; 7088 else if (HasSizeMismatch) 7089 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label; 7090 } 7091 7092 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 7093 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 7094 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 7095 } 7096 } 7097 7098 NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label, 7099 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 7100 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 7101 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7102 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7103 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 7104 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7105 if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) { 7106 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 7107 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7108 } else 7109 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 7110 << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD; 7111 } 7112 } 7113 7114 // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope. 7115 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty() 7116 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous) 7117 : nullptr; 7118 7119 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 7120 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 7121 // declaration has linkage). 7122 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 7123 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7124 IsMemberSpecialization || 7125 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 7126 7127 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 7128 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 7129 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7130 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 7131 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 7132 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 7133 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 7134 7135 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7136 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7137 } else { 7138 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 7139 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7140 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 7141 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7142 7143 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 7144 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7145 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 7146 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 7147 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7148 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 7149 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 7150 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 7151 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7152 Previous.clear(); 7153 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7154 } 7155 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7156 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 7157 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 7158 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 7159 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7160 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7161 } 7162 7163 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 7164 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 7165 7166 if (NewTemplate) { 7167 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 7168 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 7169 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 7170 : nullptr; 7171 7172 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 7173 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 7174 // template declaration. 7175 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 7176 TemplateParams, 7177 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7178 : nullptr, 7179 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 7180 DC->isDependentContext()) 7181 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7182 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 7183 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7184 7185 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 7186 // template, make a note of that. 7187 if (PrevVarTemplate && 7188 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 7189 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 7190 } 7191 } 7192 7193 // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration. 7194 if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration()) 7195 CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous); 7196 7197 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 7198 7199 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7200 // the map of such variables. 7201 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 7202 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 7203 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 7204 7205 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7206 MangleNumberingContext *MCtx; 7207 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 7208 std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) = 7209 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext()); 7210 if (MCtx) { 7211 Context.setManglingNumber( 7212 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber( 7213 NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S))); 7214 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 7215 } 7216 } 7217 7218 // Special handling of variable named 'main'. 7219 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") && 7220 NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 7221 !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) { 7222 7223 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3 7224 // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed. 7225 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 7226 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable); 7227 7228 // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined 7229 // behavior. 7230 else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) 7231 Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined); 7232 } 7233 7234 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7235 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7236 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization, 7237 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 7238 } 7239 7240 if (NewTemplate) { 7241 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7242 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7243 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 7244 return NewTemplate; 7245 } 7246 7247 if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7248 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous); 7249 7250 return NewVD; 7251 } 7252 7253 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow. 7254 enum ShadowedDeclKind { 7255 SDK_Local, 7256 SDK_Global, 7257 SDK_StaticMember, 7258 SDK_Field, 7259 SDK_Typedef, 7260 SDK_Using 7261 }; 7262 7263 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 7264 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7265 const DeclContext *OldDC) { 7266 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7267 return SDK_Using; 7268 else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7269 return SDK_Typedef; 7270 else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) 7271 return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember; 7272 7273 return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local; 7274 } 7275 7276 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given 7277 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise. 7278 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, 7279 const VarDecl *VD) { 7280 for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) { 7281 if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD) 7282 return Capture.getLocation(); 7283 } 7284 return SourceLocation(); 7285 } 7286 7287 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags, 7288 const LookupResult &R) { 7289 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 7290 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 7291 return false; 7292 7293 // Return false if warning is ignored. 7294 return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()); 7295 } 7296 7297 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null 7298 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7299 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D, 7300 const LookupResult &R) { 7301 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7302 return nullptr; 7303 7304 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 7305 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 7306 return nullptr; 7307 7308 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7309 return isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) || isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) 7310 ? ShadowedDecl 7311 : nullptr; 7312 } 7313 7314 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null 7315 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled. 7316 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D, 7317 const LookupResult &R) { 7318 // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class 7319 if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7320 return nullptr; 7321 7322 if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R)) 7323 return nullptr; 7324 7325 NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 7326 return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr; 7327 } 7328 7329 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 7330 /// -Wshadow. 7331 /// 7332 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 7333 /// scope. 7334 /// 7335 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable 7336 /// \param R the lookup of the name 7337 /// 7338 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl, 7339 const LookupResult &R) { 7340 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 7341 7342 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) { 7343 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 7344 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 7345 if (MD->isStatic()) 7346 return; 7347 7348 // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually 7349 // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter. 7350 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC)) 7351 if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) { 7352 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its 7353 // modification or its existence depending on warning settings. 7354 ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD}); 7355 return; 7356 } 7357 } 7358 7359 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 7360 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 7361 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 7362 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 7363 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 7364 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 7365 ShadowedDecl = I; 7366 break; 7367 } 7368 } 7369 7370 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 7371 7372 unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow; 7373 SourceLocation CaptureLoc; 7374 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC && 7375 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) { 7376 if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) { 7377 if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) { 7378 if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) { 7379 // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list. 7380 const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()); 7381 // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly. 7382 CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)); 7383 if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7384 WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local; 7385 } else { 7386 // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the 7387 // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it. 7388 cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction()) 7389 ->ShadowingDecls.push_back( 7390 {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)}); 7391 return; 7392 } 7393 } 7394 7395 if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) { 7396 // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if 7397 // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context. 7398 for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC; 7399 ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC); 7400 ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) { 7401 // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions 7402 // can capture; other scopes don't. 7403 if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) && 7404 !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) { 7405 return; 7406 } 7407 } 7408 } 7409 } 7410 } 7411 7412 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 7413 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 7414 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 7415 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 7416 return; 7417 7418 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 7419 // static data members from base classes? 7420 7421 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 7422 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 7423 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 7424 } 7425 7426 7427 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 7428 7429 // Emit warning and note. 7430 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 7431 return; 7432 ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC); 7433 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 7434 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7435 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7436 << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1; 7437 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7438 } 7439 7440 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD 7441 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda. 7442 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) { 7443 for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) { 7444 const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl; 7445 // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured. 7446 SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl); 7447 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7448 Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid() 7449 ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local 7450 : diag::warn_decl_shadow) 7451 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() 7452 << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC; 7453 if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid()) 7454 Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here) 7455 << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0; 7456 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7457 } 7458 } 7459 7460 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 7461 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 7462 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 7463 return; 7464 7465 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 7466 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 7467 LookupName(R, S); 7468 if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R)) 7469 CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R); 7470 } 7471 7472 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers 7473 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field. 7474 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) { 7475 // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters. 7476 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty()) 7477 return; 7478 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 7479 auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E); 7480 if (!DRE) 7481 return; 7482 const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl()); 7483 auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D); 7484 if (I == ShadowingDecls.end()) 7485 return; 7486 const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second; 7487 const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 7488 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC; 7489 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D; 7490 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7491 7492 // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl. 7493 ShadowingDecls.erase(I); 7494 } 7495 7496 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 7497 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 7498 template<typename T> 7499 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 7500 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 7501 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 7502 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 7503 7504 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7505 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 7506 // declaration. 7507 return false; 7508 } 7509 7510 if (Prev) { 7511 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 7512 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 7513 // redeclaration. 7514 Previous.clear(); 7515 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7516 return true; 7517 } 7518 7519 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 7520 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 7521 // declaration. 7522 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 7523 return false; 7524 } else { 7525 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 7526 // translation unit which might conflict. 7527 if (IsGlobal) { 7528 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 7529 IsGlobal = false; 7530 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 7531 I != E; ++I) { 7532 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7533 Prev = *I; 7534 break; 7535 } 7536 } 7537 } else { 7538 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 7539 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 7540 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 7541 I != E; ++I) { 7542 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 7543 Prev = *I; 7544 break; 7545 } 7546 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 7547 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 7548 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 7549 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 7550 // diagnostic. 7551 } 7552 } 7553 7554 if (!Prev) 7555 return false; 7556 } 7557 7558 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 7559 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 7560 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 7561 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 7562 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 7563 else 7564 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 7565 7566 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 7567 << IsGlobal << ND; 7568 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 7569 << IsGlobal; 7570 return false; 7571 } 7572 7573 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 7574 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 7575 /// 7576 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 7577 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 7578 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 7579 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 7580 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 7581 template<typename T> 7582 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 7583 LookupResult &Previous) { 7584 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7585 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 7586 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 7587 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 7588 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7589 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 7590 Previous.clear(); 7591 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 7592 return true; 7593 } 7594 } 7595 return false; 7596 } 7597 7598 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 7599 // declaration. 7600 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 7601 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 7602 7603 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 7604 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 7605 // in another scope. 7606 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 7607 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 7608 7609 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 7610 return false; 7611 } 7612 7613 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 7614 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7615 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7616 return; 7617 7618 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 7619 7620 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 7621 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 7622 return; 7623 7624 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 7625 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 7626 7627 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 7628 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 7629 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 7630 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 7631 NewVD->setType(T); 7632 } 7633 7634 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 7635 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 7636 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 7637 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 7638 if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && 7639 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7640 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0; 7641 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7642 return; 7643 } 7644 7645 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program 7646 // scope. 7647 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 && 7648 !getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers") && 7649 NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 7650 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 7651 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7652 return; 7653 } 7654 7655 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7656 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported. 7657 if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7658 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type); 7659 return; 7660 } 7661 7662 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) { 7663 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and 7664 // can't use 'extern' storage class. 7665 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 7666 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 7667 << 0 /*const*/; 7668 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7669 return; 7670 } 7671 if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7672 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration); 7673 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7674 return; 7675 } 7676 } 7677 // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 7678 // __constant address space. 7679 // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static 7680 // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global 7681 // address space. 7682 // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0. 7683 // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense. 7684 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() || 7685 NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 7686 if (!T->isSamplerT() && 7687 !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7688 (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global && 7689 (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || 7690 getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) { 7691 int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1; 7692 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) 7693 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7694 << Scope << "global or constant"; 7695 else 7696 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space) 7697 << Scope << "constant"; 7698 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7699 return; 7700 } 7701 } else { 7702 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) { 7703 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7704 << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global"; 7705 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7706 return; 7707 } 7708 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant || 7709 T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 7710 FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 7711 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables 7712 // in functions. 7713 if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7714 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7715 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7716 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant"; 7717 else 7718 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable) 7719 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local"; 7720 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7721 return; 7722 } 7723 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be 7724 // in the outermost scope of a kernel function. 7725 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7726 if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) { 7727 if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) 7728 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7729 << "constant"; 7730 else 7731 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope) 7732 << "local"; 7733 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7734 return; 7735 } 7736 } 7737 } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private && 7738 // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr 7739 // space yet. 7740 T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) { 7741 // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable. 7742 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1; 7743 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7744 return; 7745 } 7746 } 7747 } 7748 7749 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 7750 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7751 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 7752 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 7753 else { 7754 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 7755 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 7756 } 7757 } 7758 7759 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 7760 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 7761 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 7762 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 7763 7764 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 7765 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 7766 bool SizeIsNegative; 7767 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 7768 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo( 7769 NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 7770 QualType FixedT; 7771 if (FixedTInfo && T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()) 7772 FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType(); 7773 else if (FixedTInfo) { 7774 // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up 7775 // both types separately. 7776 FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 7777 Oversized); 7778 } 7779 if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 7780 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 7781 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 7782 // int a[10][n]; 7783 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 7784 7785 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7786 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 7787 << SizeRange; 7788 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 7789 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 7790 << SizeRange; 7791 else 7792 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 7793 << SizeRange; 7794 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7795 return; 7796 } 7797 7798 if (!FixedTInfo) { 7799 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 7800 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 7801 else 7802 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 7803 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7804 return; 7805 } 7806 7807 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 7808 NewVD->setType(FixedT); 7809 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 7810 } 7811 7812 if (T->isVoidType()) { 7813 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 7814 // of objects and functions. 7815 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7816 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 7817 << T; 7818 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7819 return; 7820 } 7821 } 7822 7823 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7824 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 7825 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7826 return; 7827 } 7828 7829 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 7830 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 7831 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7832 return; 7833 } 7834 7835 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 7836 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 7837 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 7838 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 7839 return; 7840 } 7841 } 7842 7843 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 7844 /// declaration. 7845 /// 7846 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 7847 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 7848 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 7849 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 7850 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 7851 /// 7852 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 7853 /// 7854 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 7855 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 7856 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 7857 7858 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 7859 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 7860 return false; 7861 7862 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 7863 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 7864 if (Previous.empty() && 7865 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 7866 Previous.setShadowed(); 7867 7868 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7869 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 7870 return true; 7871 } 7872 return false; 7873 } 7874 7875 namespace { 7876 struct FindOverriddenMethod { 7877 Sema *S; 7878 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 7879 7880 /// Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 7881 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 7882 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 7883 bool operator()(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) { 7884 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = 7885 Specifier->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 7886 7887 DeclarationName Name = Method->getDeclName(); 7888 7889 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 7890 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 7891 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 7892 QualType T = S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 7893 CanQualType CT = S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 7894 7895 Name = S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 7896 } 7897 7898 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); !Path.Decls.empty(); 7899 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 7900 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 7901 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 7902 if (MD->isVirtual() && 7903 !S->IsOverload( 7904 Method, MD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false, 7905 /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true, 7906 // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires clauses 7907 // when overriding. 7908 /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false)) 7909 return true; 7910 } 7911 } 7912 7913 return false; 7914 } 7915 }; 7916 7917 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 7918 } // end anonymous namespace 7919 7920 /// Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 7921 /// overridden methods. 7922 /// 7923 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 7924 /// \param MD the overriding method. 7925 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 7926 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 7927 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 7928 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 7929 for (const CXXMethodDecl *O : MD->overridden_methods()) { 7930 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 7931 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 7932 // out the diag loop 3 times. 7933 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 7934 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !O->isDeleted()) || 7935 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && O->isDeleted())) 7936 S.Diag(O->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7937 } 7938 } 7939 7940 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 7941 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 7942 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 7943 // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override. 7944 CXXBasePaths Paths; 7945 FindOverriddenMethod FOM; 7946 FOM.Method = MD; 7947 FOM.S = this; 7948 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7949 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 7950 bool AddedAny = false; 7951 if (DC->lookupInBases(FOM, Paths)) { 7952 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 7953 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 7954 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 7955 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 7956 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 7957 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 7958 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 7959 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 7960 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 7961 AddedAny = true; 7962 } 7963 } 7964 } 7965 } 7966 7967 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 7968 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 7969 } 7970 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 7971 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 7972 } 7973 7974 return AddedAny; 7975 } 7976 7977 namespace { 7978 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 7979 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 7980 struct ActOnFDArgs { 7981 Scope *S; 7982 Declarator &D; 7983 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 7984 bool AddToScope; 7985 }; 7986 } // end anonymous namespace 7987 7988 namespace { 7989 7990 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 7991 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 7992 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 7993 public: 7994 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 7995 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 7996 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 7997 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 7998 7999 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 8000 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 8001 return false; 8002 8003 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8004 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 8005 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 8006 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8007 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8008 8009 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8010 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8011 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 8012 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 8013 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 8014 return true; 8015 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 8016 return true; 8017 } 8018 } 8019 } 8020 8021 return false; 8022 } 8023 8024 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override { 8025 return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this); 8026 } 8027 8028 private: 8029 ASTContext &Context; 8030 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 8031 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 8032 }; 8033 8034 } // end anonymous namespace 8035 8036 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) { 8037 TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F); 8038 } 8039 8040 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 8041 /// 8042 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 8043 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 8044 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 8045 /// the same name. 8046 /// 8047 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 8048 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 8049 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 8050 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 8051 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 8052 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 8053 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 8054 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 8055 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 8056 TypoCorrection Correction; 8057 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 8058 unsigned DiagMsg = 8059 IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend : 8060 NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match : 8061 diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 8062 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 8063 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 8064 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 8065 Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration); 8066 8067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8068 if (IsLocalFriend) 8069 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 8070 else 8071 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 8072 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 8073 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 8074 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 8075 DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 8076 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 8077 if (!Prev.empty()) { 8078 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 8079 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 8080 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 8081 if (FD && 8082 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8083 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 8084 // involve a parameter 8085 unsigned ParamNum = 8086 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 8087 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 8088 } 8089 } 8090 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 8091 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 8092 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 8093 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, 8094 IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 8095 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 8096 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 8097 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8098 Previous.clear(); 8099 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 8100 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 8101 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 8102 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 8103 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 8104 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 8105 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 8106 Previous.addDecl(FD); 8107 } 8108 } 8109 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 8110 8111 NamedDecl *Result; 8112 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 8113 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 8114 { 8115 // Trap errors. 8116 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 8117 8118 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 8119 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 8120 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 8121 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 8122 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 8123 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 8124 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 8125 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 8126 8127 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 8128 Result = nullptr; 8129 } 8130 8131 if (Result) { 8132 // Determine which correction we picked. 8133 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 8134 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 8135 I != E; ++I) 8136 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 8137 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 8138 8139 // Let Sema know about the correction. 8140 SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result); 8141 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 8142 Correction, 8143 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 8144 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 8145 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 8146 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 8147 return Result; 8148 } 8149 8150 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 8151 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 8152 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8153 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 8154 Previous.clear(); 8155 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 8156 } 8157 8158 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 8159 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 8160 8161 bool NewFDisConst = false; 8162 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 8163 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 8164 8165 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 8166 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 8167 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 8168 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 8169 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 8170 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 8171 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 8172 8173 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 8174 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 8175 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 8176 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 8177 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 8178 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 8179 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 8180 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 8181 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 8182 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 8183 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 8184 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8185 } else 8186 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 8187 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 8188 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 8189 } 8190 return nullptr; 8191 } 8192 8193 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) { 8194 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 8195 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 8196 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 8197 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 8198 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 8199 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8200 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 8201 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 8202 D.setInvalidType(); 8203 break; 8204 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 8205 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 8206 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 8207 return SC_None; 8208 return SC_Extern; 8209 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 8210 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8211 // C99 6.7.1p5: 8212 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 8213 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 8214 // other than extern 8215 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 8216 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8217 diag::err_static_block_func); 8218 break; 8219 } else 8220 return SC_Static; 8221 } 8222 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 8223 } 8224 8225 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 8226 return SC_None; 8227 } 8228 8229 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 8230 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 8231 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 8232 StorageClass SC, 8233 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 8234 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8235 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8236 8237 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 8238 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8239 8240 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8241 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8242 // prototype. This true when: 8243 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 8244 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non- 8245 // attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a 8246 // function type). 8247 bool HasPrototype = 8248 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 8249 (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 8250 8251 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8252 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype, 8253 CSK_unspecified, 8254 /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr); 8255 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8256 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8257 8258 return NewFD; 8259 } 8260 8261 ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier(); 8262 8263 ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 8264 if (ConstexprKind == CSK_constinit) { 8265 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), 8266 diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind) 8267 << ConstexprKind; 8268 ConstexprKind = CSK_unspecified; 8269 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec(); 8270 } 8271 Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause(); 8272 8273 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 8274 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 8275 // the class has been completely parsed. 8276 if (!DC->isRecord() && 8277 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 8278 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 8279 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 8280 D.setInvalidType(); 8281 8282 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 8283 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 8284 assert(DC->isRecord() && 8285 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 8286 8287 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8288 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create( 8289 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8290 TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline, 8291 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(), 8292 TrailingRequiresClause); 8293 8294 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8295 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 8296 if (DC->isRecord()) { 8297 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8298 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 8299 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 8300 SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8301 isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, 8302 TrailingRequiresClause); 8303 8304 // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it 8305 // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start 8306 // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration. 8307 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 8308 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD); 8309 8310 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8311 return NewDD; 8312 8313 } else { 8314 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 8315 D.setInvalidType(); 8316 8317 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 8318 // code path. 8319 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8320 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC, 8321 isInline, 8322 /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind, 8323 TrailingRequiresClause); 8324 } 8325 8326 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 8327 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 8328 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8329 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 8330 return nullptr; 8331 } 8332 8333 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8334 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8335 return nullptr; 8336 8337 IsVirtualOkay = true; 8338 return CXXConversionDecl::Create( 8339 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8340 TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), 8341 TrailingRequiresClause); 8342 8343 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) { 8344 if (TrailingRequiresClause) 8345 SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(), 8346 diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide) 8347 << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange(); 8348 SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC); 8349 8350 return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), 8351 ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo, 8352 D.getEndLoc()); 8353 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 8354 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 8355 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 8356 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 8357 // constructor if it has no return type). 8358 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 8359 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 8360 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 8361 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 8362 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8363 return nullptr; 8364 } 8365 8366 // This is a C++ method declaration. 8367 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create( 8368 SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, 8369 TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(), 8370 TrailingRequiresClause); 8371 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 8372 return Ret; 8373 } else { 8374 bool isFriend = 8375 SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8376 if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord()) 8377 return nullptr; 8378 8379 // Determine whether the function was written with a 8380 // prototype. This true when: 8381 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 8382 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, 8383 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/, 8384 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause); 8385 } 8386 } 8387 8388 enum OpenCLParamType { 8389 ValidKernelParam, 8390 PtrPtrKernelParam, 8391 PtrKernelParam, 8392 InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam, 8393 InvalidKernelParam, 8394 RecordKernelParam 8395 }; 8396 8397 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) { 8398 // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types 8399 // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to 8400 // integers other than by their names. 8401 StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"}; 8402 8403 // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef 8404 // for a size dependent type. 8405 QualType DesugaredTy = Ty; 8406 do { 8407 ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames); 8408 auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString()); 8409 if (Names.end() != Match) 8410 return true; 8411 8412 Ty = DesugaredTy; 8413 DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C); 8414 } while (DesugaredTy != Ty); 8415 8416 return false; 8417 } 8418 8419 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) { 8420 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 8421 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 8422 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 8423 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 8424 if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic || 8425 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private || 8426 PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default) 8427 return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam; 8428 return PtrKernelParam; 8429 } 8430 8431 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8432 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8433 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8434 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one 8435 // of these built-in scalar types. 8436 if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT)) 8437 return InvalidKernelParam; 8438 8439 if (PT->isImageType()) 8440 return PtrKernelParam; 8441 8442 if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT()) 8443 return InvalidKernelParam; 8444 8445 // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5: 8446 // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in 8447 // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc. 8448 if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isEnabled("cl_khr_fp16") && PT->isHalfType()) 8449 return InvalidKernelParam; 8450 8451 if (PT->isRecordType()) 8452 return RecordKernelParam; 8453 8454 // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type. 8455 if (PT->isArrayType()) { 8456 const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8457 // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the 8458 // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an 8459 // array, this recursive call only happens once. 8460 return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0)); 8461 } 8462 8463 return ValidKernelParam; 8464 } 8465 8466 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 8467 Sema &S, 8468 Declarator &D, 8469 ParmVarDecl *Param, 8470 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) { 8471 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 8472 8473 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 8474 // used again 8475 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 8476 return; 8477 8478 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) { 8479 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 8480 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 8481 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 8482 // pointer to a pointer type. 8483 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 8484 D.setInvalidType(); 8485 return; 8486 8487 case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam: 8488 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5: 8489 // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point 8490 // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or 8491 // __constant. 8492 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space); 8493 D.setInvalidType(); 8494 return; 8495 8496 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 8497 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 8498 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 8499 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 8500 // one of these built-in scalar types. 8501 8502 case InvalidKernelParam: 8503 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 8504 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 8505 // of event_t type. 8506 // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument 8507 // type for any function elsewhere. 8508 if (!PT->isHalfType()) { 8509 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8510 8511 // Explain what typedefs are involved. 8512 const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr; 8513 while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) { 8514 SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation(); 8515 // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type. 8516 if (Loc.isValid()) 8517 S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT; 8518 PT = Typedef->desugar(); 8519 } 8520 } 8521 8522 D.setInvalidType(); 8523 return; 8524 8525 case PtrKernelParam: 8526 case ValidKernelParam: 8527 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 8528 return; 8529 8530 case RecordKernelParam: 8531 break; 8532 } 8533 8534 // Track nested structs we will inspect 8535 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 8536 8537 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 8538 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 8539 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 8540 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 8541 8542 // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or 8543 // an ArrayType of a RecordType. 8544 assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type."); 8545 const RecordType *RecTy = 8546 PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 8547 const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl(); 8548 8549 VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl()); 8550 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 8551 8552 do { 8553 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 8554 if (!Next) { 8555 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 8556 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 8557 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 8558 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 8559 8560 continue; 8561 } 8562 8563 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 8564 // field itself) to the history stack. 8565 const RecordDecl *RD; 8566 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 8567 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 8568 8569 QualType FieldTy = Field->getType(); 8570 // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we 8571 // walk around RecordDecl::fields(). 8572 assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) && 8573 "Unexpected type."); 8574 const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType(); 8575 8576 RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 8577 } else { 8578 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 8579 } 8580 8581 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 8582 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 8583 8584 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 8585 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 8586 8587 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 8588 continue; 8589 8590 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT); 8591 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 8592 continue; 8593 8594 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 8595 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 8596 continue; 8597 } 8598 8599 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 8600 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 8601 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 8602 // union. 8603 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 8604 ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) { 8605 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 8606 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 8607 << PT->isUnionType() 8608 << PT; 8609 } else { 8610 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 8611 } 8612 8613 S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8614 << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName(); 8615 8616 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 8617 // the offending field came from 8618 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator 8619 I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 8620 E = HistoryStack.end(); 8621 I != E; ++I) { 8622 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 8623 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 8624 << OuterField->getType(); 8625 } 8626 8627 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 8628 << QT->isPointerType() 8629 << QT; 8630 D.setInvalidType(); 8631 return; 8632 } 8633 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 8634 } 8635 8636 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8637 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8638 /// nothing. 8639 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) { 8640 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 8641 DC = DC->getParent(); 8642 return DC; 8643 } 8644 8645 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an 8646 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds 8647 /// nothing. 8648 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) { 8649 while (S->isClassScope() || 8650 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 8651 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 8652 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 8653 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 8654 S = S->getParent(); 8655 return S; 8656 } 8657 8658 NamedDecl* 8659 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 8660 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 8661 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef, 8662 bool &AddToScope) { 8663 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 8664 8665 assert(R->isFunctionType()); 8666 SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists; 8667 for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef) 8668 TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL); 8669 if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) { 8670 if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && 8671 Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth()) 8672 TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented; 8673 else 8674 TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented); 8675 } 8676 8677 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 8678 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 8679 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 8680 StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 8681 8682 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 8683 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 8684 diag::err_invalid_thread) 8685 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 8686 8687 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 8688 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(), 8689 D.getIdentifierLoc()); 8690 8691 bool isFriend = false; 8692 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 8693 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 8694 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8695 8696 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 8697 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 8698 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 8699 8700 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 8701 8702 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 8703 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 8704 8705 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 8706 isVirtualOkay); 8707 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 8708 8709 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 8710 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 8711 8712 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 8713 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 8714 // context will be different from the semantic context. 8715 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8716 8717 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 8718 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 8719 8720 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8721 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 8722 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 8723 bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier(); 8724 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 8725 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8726 // C++ [class.friend]p5 8727 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 8728 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 8729 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8730 } 8731 8732 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 8733 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 8734 // return true). 8735 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 8736 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 8737 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 8738 NewFD->setPure(true); 8739 8740 // C++ [class.union]p2 8741 // A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions. 8742 if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion()) 8743 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union); 8744 } 8745 8746 SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D); 8747 isMemberSpecialization = false; 8748 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 8749 if (D.isInvalidType()) 8750 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8751 8752 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 8753 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 8754 bool Invalid = false; 8755 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 8756 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 8757 D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 8758 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 8759 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId 8760 ? D.getName().TemplateId 8761 : nullptr, 8762 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization, 8763 Invalid); 8764 if (TemplateParams) { 8765 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 8766 // This is a function template 8767 8768 // Check that we can declare a template here. 8769 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 8770 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8771 8772 // A destructor cannot be a template. 8773 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 8774 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 8775 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8776 } 8777 8778 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 8779 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 8780 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 8781 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 8782 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 8783 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 8784 Invalid = true; 8785 } 8786 8787 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 8788 NewFD->getLocation(), 8789 Name, TemplateParams, 8790 NewFD); 8791 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 8792 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 8793 8794 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 8795 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 8796 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 8797 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists) 8798 .drop_back(1)); 8799 } 8800 } else { 8801 // This is a function template specialization. 8802 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 8803 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8804 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8805 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8806 8807 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 8808 if (isFriend) { 8809 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 8810 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 8811 8812 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 8813 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 8814 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 8815 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 8816 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 8817 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 8818 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 8819 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 8820 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 8821 } 8822 8823 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 8824 << Name << RemoveRange 8825 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 8826 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 8827 } 8828 } 8829 } else { 8830 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 8831 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 8832 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 8833 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 8834 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists); 8835 } 8836 8837 if (Invalid) { 8838 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 8839 if (FunctionTemplate) 8840 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 8841 } 8842 8843 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 8844 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 8845 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 8846 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 8847 // 8848 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8849 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 8850 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8851 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 8852 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8853 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 8854 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8855 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 8856 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8857 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8858 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 8859 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 8860 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 8861 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 8862 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 8863 } else { 8864 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 8865 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 8866 } 8867 8868 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8869 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 8870 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 8871 } 8872 8873 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && 8874 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 8875 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 8876 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8877 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 8878 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 8879 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 8880 // thing to do. 8881 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 8882 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 8883 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 8884 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 8885 QualType Result = 8886 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 8887 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 8888 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 8889 } 8890 8891 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 8892 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 8893 // declaration. 8894 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8895 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 8896 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 8897 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 8898 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 8899 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 8900 } 8901 } 8902 8903 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 8904 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 8905 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 8906 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 8907 if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 8908 !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 8909 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 8910 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 8911 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8912 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 8913 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8914 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 8915 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 8916 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 8917 // or conversion function. 8918 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 8919 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 8920 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange()); 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 if (ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = 8925 D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) { 8926 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 8927 // are implicitly inline. 8928 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8929 8930 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 8931 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 8932 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 8933 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus2a) { 8934 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor) 8935 << ConstexprKind; 8936 } 8937 } 8938 8939 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 8940 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 8941 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 8942 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 8943 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 8944 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 8945 << 0 8946 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 8947 } else { 8948 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 8949 if (FunctionTemplate) 8950 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 8951 } 8952 } 8953 8954 if (isFriend) { 8955 if (FunctionTemplate) { 8956 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8957 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 8958 } 8959 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 8960 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 8961 } 8962 8963 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 8964 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 8965 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 8966 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 8967 case FDK_Declaration: 8968 case FDK_Definition: 8969 break; 8970 8971 case FDK_Defaulted: 8972 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 8973 break; 8974 8975 case FDK_Deleted: 8976 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 8977 break; 8978 } 8979 8980 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 8981 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 8982 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 8983 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 8984 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 8985 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 8986 } 8987 8988 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 8989 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 8990 // C++ [class.static]p1: 8991 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 8992 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 8993 // the class. 8994 8995 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 8996 // member function definition. 8997 8998 // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line 8999 // member function template declaration and class member template 9000 // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this. 9001 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9002 ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) && 9003 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) || 9004 (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())) 9005 ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line) 9006 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9007 } 9008 9009 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 9010 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 9011 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 9012 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 9013 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 9014 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 9015 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 9016 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 9017 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 9018 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 9019 } 9020 9021 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 9022 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 9023 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 9024 isMemberSpecialization || 9025 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 9026 9027 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 9028 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 9029 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 9030 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 9031 NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(), 9032 /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true, 9033 SE->getStrTokenLoc(0))); 9034 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 9035 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 9036 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 9037 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 9038 if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) { 9039 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 9040 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 9041 } else 9042 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 9043 << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD; 9044 } 9045 } 9046 9047 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 9048 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 9049 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 9050 unsigned FTIIdx; 9051 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) { 9052 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun; 9053 9054 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 9055 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 9056 // single void argument. 9057 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 9058 // already checks for that case. 9059 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 9060 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 9061 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 9062 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 9063 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9064 Params.push_back(Param); 9065 9066 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 9067 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9068 } 9069 } 9070 9071 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9072 // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them 9073 // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag 9074 // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always 9075 // the TU. 9076 DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext = 9077 getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext()); 9078 for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) { 9079 auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl); 9080 9081 // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum 9082 // instead. 9083 if (!TD) { 9084 if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl)) 9085 TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext()); 9086 } 9087 if (!TD) 9088 continue; 9089 DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 9090 if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD)) 9091 continue; 9092 TagDC->removeDecl(TD); 9093 TD->setDeclContext(NewFD); 9094 NewFD->addDecl(TD); 9095 9096 // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag 9097 // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of 9098 // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the 9099 // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f: 9100 // void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s); 9101 if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext) 9102 TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC); 9103 } 9104 } 9105 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9106 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 9107 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 9108 // parameters for use in the declaration. 9109 // 9110 // @code 9111 // typedef void fn(int); 9112 // fn f; 9113 // @endcode 9114 9115 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 9116 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 9117 ParmVarDecl *Param = 9118 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 9119 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 9120 Params.push_back(Param); 9121 } 9122 } else { 9123 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 9124 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 9125 } 9126 9127 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 9128 NewFD->setParams(Params); 9129 9130 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 9131 NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context, 9132 D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 9133 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword)); 9134 9135 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 9136 // because all functions have linkage. 9137 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9138 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 9139 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 9140 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9141 } 9142 9143 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active 9144 if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9145 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9146 NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9147 Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName, 9148 PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 9149 9150 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active. 9151 if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9152 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 9153 NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9154 Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9155 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9156 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 9157 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9158 ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute | 9159 ASTContext::PSF_Read, 9160 NewFD)) 9161 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9162 } 9163 9164 // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or 9165 // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active. 9166 if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9167 if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD, 9168 D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9169 NewFD->addAttr(SAttr); 9170 } 9171 } 9172 9173 // Handle attributes. 9174 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 9175 9176 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 9177 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 9178 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 9179 LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace(); 9180 if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) { 9181 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9182 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 9183 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9184 } 9185 } 9186 9187 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9188 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9189 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9190 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9191 9192 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9193 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9194 9195 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9196 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9197 isMemberSpecialization)); 9198 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9199 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9200 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9201 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9202 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9203 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9204 9205 // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that 9206 // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging 9207 // possibly prototyped redeclarations. 9208 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 9209 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 9210 CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC(); 9211 if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) { 9212 // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without 9213 // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning. 9214 int DiagID = 9215 CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr; 9216 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID) 9217 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC); 9218 } 9219 } 9220 9221 if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 9222 NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 9223 checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(), 9224 NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(), 9225 NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 9226 } else { 9227 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 9228 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 9229 // 9230 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 9231 // 9232 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 9233 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 9234 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 9235 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 9236 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 9237 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 9238 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 9239 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 9240 9241 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 9242 // argument list into our AST format. 9243 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) { 9244 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 9245 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 9246 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9247 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 9248 TemplateId->NumArgs); 9249 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 9250 TemplateArgs); 9251 9252 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9253 9254 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9255 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9256 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 9257 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 9258 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 9259 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 9260 9261 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 9262 } else { 9263 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 9264 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 9265 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 9266 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 9267 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 9268 } 9269 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9270 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 9271 // wrote something like: 9272 // template <> friend void foo(int); 9273 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 9274 // friend void foo<>(int); 9275 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 9276 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 9277 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9278 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9279 } 9280 9281 // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because 9282 // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their 9283 // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied, 9284 // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a 9285 // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template 9286 // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below. 9287 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) 9288 maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous); 9289 9290 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 9291 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 9292 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 9293 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 9294 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 9295 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 9296 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 9297 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 9298 TemplateArgs, 9299 InstantiationDependent))) { 9300 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 9301 "friend function specialization without template args"); 9302 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 9303 Previous)) 9304 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9305 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 9306 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 9307 && !isFriend) { 9308 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 9309 } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9310 CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 9311 NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr), 9312 Previous)) 9313 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9314 9315 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 9316 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 9317 // specialization (14.7.3) 9318 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 9319 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 9320 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 9321 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 9322 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9323 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 9324 << SC 9325 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9326 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9327 9328 else 9329 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9330 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 9331 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 9332 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 9333 } 9334 } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9335 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 9336 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 9337 } 9338 9339 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 9340 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9341 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 9342 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 9343 9344 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 9345 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 9346 9347 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9348 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 9349 isMemberSpecialization)); 9350 else if (!Previous.empty()) 9351 // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration. 9352 D.setRedeclaration(true); 9353 } 9354 9355 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 9356 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 9357 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 9358 9359 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 9360 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 9361 : NewFD); 9362 9363 if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) { 9364 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 9365 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9366 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 9367 9368 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 9369 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 9370 } 9371 9372 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 9373 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 9374 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 9375 9376 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 9377 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 9378 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9379 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 9380 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 9381 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 9382 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 9383 : nullptr, 9384 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 9385 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 9386 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 9387 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 9388 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 9389 DC && DC->isRecord() && 9390 DC->isDependentContext()) 9391 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 9392 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 9393 } 9394 9395 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 9396 // Ignore all the rest of this. 9397 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 9398 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 9399 AddToScope }; 9400 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 9401 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 9402 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 9403 9404 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 9405 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9406 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 9407 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 9408 9409 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 9410 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 9411 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 9412 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 9413 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 9414 // can actually do this check immediately. 9415 // 9416 // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified 9417 // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now; 9418 // nothing will diagnose that error later. 9419 if (isFriend && 9420 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 9421 (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) { 9422 // ignore these 9423 } else { 9424 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 9425 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 9426 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 9427 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 9428 // 9429 // class X { 9430 // void f() const; 9431 // }; 9432 // 9433 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 9434 // 9435 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 9436 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 9437 // whether the parameter types are references). 9438 9439 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9440 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 9441 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9442 return Result; 9443 } 9444 } 9445 9446 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 9447 // to something. 9448 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 9449 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 9450 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 9451 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 9452 return Result; 9453 } 9454 } 9455 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 9456 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 9457 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 9458 !isMemberSpecialization) { 9459 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 9460 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 9461 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 9462 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 9463 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 9464 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 9465 // generate them. 9466 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 9467 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9468 } 9469 } 9470 9471 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 9472 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 9473 9474 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 9475 9476 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 9477 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9478 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 9479 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 9480 << NewFD; 9481 9482 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 9483 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 9484 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 9485 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 9486 EPI.Variadic = true; 9487 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 9488 9489 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 9490 NewFD->setType(R); 9491 } 9492 9493 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9494 // member, set the visibility of this function. 9495 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 9496 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 9497 9498 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 9499 // marking the function. 9500 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 9501 9502 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 9503 // a pragma. 9504 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 9505 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 9506 9507 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 9508 // the map of such variables. 9509 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9510 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 9511 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 9512 9513 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 9514 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 9515 9516 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 9517 NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 9518 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD, 9519 isMemberSpecialization || 9520 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization, 9521 D.isFunctionDefinition()); 9522 } 9523 9524 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 9525 IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier(); 9526 if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) && 9527 !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 9528 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 9529 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 9530 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return) 9531 << getCudaConfigureFuncName(); 9532 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 9533 } 9534 9535 // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed 9536 // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed 9537 // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions. 9538 if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() && 9539 (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || 9540 NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) && 9541 !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() && 9542 !D.isFunctionDefinition())) { 9543 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn); 9544 } 9545 } 9546 9547 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 9548 9549 9550 9551 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 9552 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 9553 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 9554 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 9555 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 9556 D.setInvalidType(); 9557 } 9558 9559 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 9560 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 9561 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 9562 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 9563 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 9564 : FixItHint()); 9565 D.setInvalidType(); 9566 } 9567 9568 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 9569 for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters()) 9570 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 9571 9572 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9573 if (DC->isRecord()) { 9574 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel); 9575 D.setInvalidType(); 9576 } 9577 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9578 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel); 9579 D.setInvalidType(); 9580 } 9581 } 9582 } 9583 9584 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9585 if (FunctionTemplate) { 9586 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9587 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 9588 return FunctionTemplate; 9589 } 9590 9591 if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 9592 CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous); 9593 } 9594 9595 for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) { 9596 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 9597 9598 // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value 9599 // types. 9600 if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) { 9601 if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) { 9602 QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType(); 9603 if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) { 9604 Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type ); 9605 D.setInvalidType(); 9606 } 9607 } 9608 } 9609 } 9610 9611 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 9612 // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 9613 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 9614 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 9615 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 9616 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 9617 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(), 9618 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 9619 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 9620 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 9621 AddToScope = false; 9622 } 9623 9624 // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions 9625 // that are run during load/unload. 9626 if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) { 9627 if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) { 9628 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9629 << 1; 9630 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9631 } 9632 if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) { 9633 Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer) 9634 << 2; 9635 NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>(); 9636 } 9637 } 9638 9639 // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a 9640 // definition. 9641 // FIXME: We should really be doing this in 9642 // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to 9643 // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code 9644 // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false` 9645 // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet. 9646 if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>()) 9647 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 9648 case FDK_Defaulted: 9649 case FDK_Deleted: 9650 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), 9651 diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function) 9652 << NBA->getSpelling(); 9653 break; 9654 case FDK_Declaration: 9655 Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition) 9656 << NBA->getSpelling(); 9657 break; 9658 case FDK_Definition: 9659 break; 9660 } 9661 9662 return NewFD; 9663 } 9664 9665 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class. The Microsoft docs say 9666 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of 9667 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special 9668 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment." 9669 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler 9670 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg. 9671 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer 9672 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See: 9673 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer 9674 /// available since MS has removed the page. 9675 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9676 const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 9677 if (!Method) 9678 return nullptr; 9679 const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent(); 9680 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9681 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9682 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9683 return NewAttr; 9684 } 9685 9686 // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg 9687 // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active. 9688 if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9689 return nullptr; 9690 9691 while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) { 9692 if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) { 9693 Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext()); 9694 NewAttr->setImplicit(true); 9695 return NewAttr; 9696 } 9697 } 9698 return nullptr; 9699 } 9700 9701 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a 9702 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the 9703 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack 9704 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value). 9705 /// 9706 /// \param FD Function being declared. 9707 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion. 9708 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or 9709 /// nullptr if no attribute should be added. 9710 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9711 bool IsDefinition) { 9712 if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD)) 9713 return A; 9714 if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition && 9715 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue) 9716 return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 9717 getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 9718 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 9719 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate); 9720 return nullptr; 9721 } 9722 9723 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a 9724 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a 9725 /// best-effort check. 9726 /// 9727 /// \param NewD The new declaration. 9728 /// \param OldD The old declaration. 9729 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check. 9730 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check. 9731 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD, 9732 QualType NewT, QualType OldT) { 9733 if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9734 return true; 9735 9736 // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't 9737 // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation: 9738 // 9739 // int f(); 9740 // template<typename T> void g() { T f(); } 9741 // 9742 // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int). 9743 if (NewT->isDependentType() && 9744 (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind())) 9745 return false; 9746 9747 // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern 9748 // declaration, we don't really know its type yet. 9749 if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl()) 9750 return false; 9751 9752 return true; 9753 } 9754 9755 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be 9756 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration. 9757 /// 9758 /// \param D Declaration that is checked. 9759 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the 9760 /// same declaration name. 9761 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl 9762 /// belongs to. 9763 /// 9764 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) { 9765 if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 9766 return true; 9767 9768 // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to 9769 // permit cases like 9770 // 9771 // void func(); 9772 // template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} }; 9773 // template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} }; 9774 // 9775 // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated. 9776 // 9777 // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy 9778 // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply 9779 // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in 9780 // the way of access checks. 9781 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 9782 return false; 9783 9784 auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D); 9785 auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl); 9786 return !VD || !PrevVD || 9787 canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(), 9788 PrevVD->getType()); 9789 } 9790 9791 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion 9792 /// validity. 9793 /// 9794 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 9795 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 9796 const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 9797 assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute"); 9798 ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse(); 9799 const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo(); 9800 enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 }; 9801 9802 if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() && 9803 !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) { 9804 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9805 << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture; 9806 return true; 9807 } 9808 9809 for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) { 9810 auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1); 9811 if (Feat[0] == '-') { 9812 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9813 << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str(); 9814 return true; 9815 } 9816 9817 if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) || 9818 !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) { 9819 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option) 9820 << Feature << BareFeat; 9821 return true; 9822 } 9823 } 9824 return false; 9825 } 9826 9827 static bool HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9828 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9829 for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) { 9830 switch (A->getKind()) { 9831 case attr::CPUDispatch: 9832 case attr::CPUSpecific: 9833 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 9834 MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) 9835 return true; 9836 break; 9837 case attr::Target: 9838 if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) 9839 return true; 9840 break; 9841 default: 9842 return true; 9843 } 9844 } 9845 return false; 9846 } 9847 9848 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 9849 const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9850 const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID, 9851 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt, 9852 const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt, 9853 const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported, 9854 bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) { 9855 enum DoesntSupport { 9856 FuncTemplates = 0, 9857 VirtFuncs = 1, 9858 DeducedReturn = 2, 9859 Constructors = 3, 9860 Destructors = 4, 9861 DeletedFuncs = 5, 9862 DefaultedFuncs = 6, 9863 ConstexprFuncs = 7, 9864 ConstevalFuncs = 8, 9865 }; 9866 enum Different { 9867 CallingConv = 0, 9868 ReturnType = 1, 9869 ConstexprSpec = 2, 9870 InlineSpec = 3, 9871 StorageClass = 4, 9872 Linkage = 5, 9873 }; 9874 9875 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD && 9876 !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 9877 Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 9878 Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second); 9879 return true; 9880 } 9881 9882 if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && 9883 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 9884 return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID); 9885 9886 if (!TemplatesSupported && 9887 NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate) 9888 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9889 << FuncTemplates; 9890 9891 if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 9892 if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual()) 9893 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9894 << VirtFuncs; 9895 9896 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 9897 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9898 << Constructors; 9899 9900 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD)) 9901 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9902 << Destructors; 9903 } 9904 9905 if (NewFD->isDeleted()) 9906 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9907 << DeletedFuncs; 9908 9909 if (NewFD->isDefaulted()) 9910 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9911 << DefaultedFuncs; 9912 9913 if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr()) 9914 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9915 << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs); 9916 9917 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 9918 const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 9919 QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType(); 9920 9921 if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType()) 9922 return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second) 9923 << DeducedReturn; 9924 9925 // Ensure the return type is identical. 9926 if (OldFD) { 9927 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType()); 9928 const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 9929 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 9930 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 9931 9932 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 9933 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv; 9934 9935 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 9936 9937 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) 9938 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType; 9939 9940 if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind()) 9941 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec; 9942 9943 if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified()) 9944 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec; 9945 9946 if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass()) 9947 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass; 9948 9949 if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC()) 9950 return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage; 9951 9952 if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 9953 OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(), 9954 NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation())) 9955 return true; 9956 } 9957 return false; 9958 } 9959 9960 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD, 9961 const FunctionDecl *NewFD, 9962 bool CausesMV, 9963 MultiVersionKind MVType) { 9964 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 9965 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 9966 if (OldFD) 9967 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9968 return true; 9969 } 9970 9971 bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType = 9972 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 9973 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific; 9974 9975 // For now, disallow all other attributes. These should be opt-in, but 9976 // an analysis of all of them is a future FIXME. 9977 if (CausesMV && OldFD && HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(OldFD, MVType)) { 9978 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9979 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9980 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 9981 return true; 9982 } 9983 9984 if (HasNonMultiVersionAttributes(NewFD, MVType)) 9985 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_no_other_attrs) 9986 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType; 9987 9988 // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used. 9989 if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false)) 9990 return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used); 9991 9992 return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible( 9993 OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto), 9994 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 9995 S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)), 9996 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 9997 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support) 9998 << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType), 9999 PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(), 10000 S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)), 10001 /*TemplatesSupported=*/false, 10002 /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType, 10003 /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false); 10004 } 10005 10006 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the 10007 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10008 /// 10009 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10010 /// 10011 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10012 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD, 10013 MultiVersionKind MVType, 10014 const TargetAttr *TA) { 10015 assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None && 10016 "Function lacks multiversion attribute"); 10017 10018 // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal 10019 // function. 10020 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion()) 10021 return false; 10022 10023 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) { 10024 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10025 return true; 10026 } 10027 10028 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) { 10029 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10030 return true; 10031 } 10032 10033 FD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10034 return false; 10035 } 10036 10037 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 10038 for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) { 10039 if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None) 10040 return true; 10041 } 10042 10043 return false; 10044 } 10045 10046 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning( 10047 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10048 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10049 LookupResult &Previous) { 10050 const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10051 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10052 // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent. 10053 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10054 10055 // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that 10056 // to change, this is a simple redeclaration. 10057 if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() && 10058 (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr())) 10059 return false; 10060 10061 // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning. 10062 if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) { 10063 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported); 10064 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10065 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10066 return true; 10067 } 10068 10069 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true, 10070 MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10071 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10072 return true; 10073 } 10074 10075 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10076 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10077 return true; 10078 } 10079 10080 // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration. 10081 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) { 10082 Redeclaration = true; 10083 OldDecl = OldFD; 10084 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10085 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10086 return false; 10087 } 10088 10089 if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) { 10090 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10091 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10092 return true; 10093 } 10094 10095 ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10096 10097 if (OldParsed == NewParsed) { 10098 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10099 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10100 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10101 return true; 10102 } 10103 10104 for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) { 10105 const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10106 // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but 10107 // nothing after the fact. 10108 if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) && 10109 (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) { 10110 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10111 << 0; 10112 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here); 10113 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10114 return true; 10115 } 10116 } 10117 10118 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10119 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10120 Redeclaration = false; 10121 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10122 OldDecl = nullptr; 10123 Previous.clear(); 10124 return false; 10125 } 10126 10127 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing 10128 /// multiversioned declaration collection. 10129 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10130 Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10131 MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA, 10132 const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec, 10133 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10134 LookupResult &Previous) { 10135 10136 MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10137 // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types. 10138 if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10139 NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) || 10140 (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10141 OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) { 10142 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10143 S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10144 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10145 return true; 10146 } 10147 10148 ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed; 10149 if (NewTA) { 10150 NewParsed = NewTA->parse(); 10151 llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features); 10152 } 10153 10154 bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules = 10155 S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind(); 10156 10157 // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a 10158 // previous member of the MultiVersion set. 10159 for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) { 10160 FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction(); 10161 if (!CurFD) 10162 continue; 10163 if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules)) 10164 continue; 10165 10166 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) { 10167 const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10168 if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) { 10169 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10170 Redeclaration = true; 10171 OldDecl = ND; 10172 return false; 10173 } 10174 10175 ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>()); 10176 if (CurParsed == NewParsed) { 10177 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate); 10178 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10179 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10180 return true; 10181 } 10182 } else { 10183 const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10184 const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10185 // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions. 10186 // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through 10187 // the redeclaration errors. 10188 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch && 10189 CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) { 10190 if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() && 10191 std::equal( 10192 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(), 10193 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), 10194 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10195 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10196 })) { 10197 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10198 Redeclaration = true; 10199 OldDecl = ND; 10200 return false; 10201 } 10202 10203 // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition. 10204 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch); 10205 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10206 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10207 return true; 10208 } 10209 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) { 10210 10211 if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() && 10212 std::equal( 10213 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(), 10214 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), 10215 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) { 10216 return Cur->getName() == New->getName(); 10217 })) { 10218 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10219 Redeclaration = true; 10220 OldDecl = ND; 10221 return false; 10222 } 10223 10224 // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU. 10225 for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10226 for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) { 10227 if (CurII == NewII) { 10228 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs) 10229 << NewII; 10230 S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10231 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10232 return true; 10233 } 10234 } 10235 } 10236 } 10237 // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error 10238 // condition. 10239 } 10240 } 10241 10242 // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case. Checking the 'value' is only 10243 // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are 10244 // handled in the attribute adding step. 10245 if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && 10246 CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) { 10247 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10248 return true; 10249 } 10250 10251 if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, 10252 !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) { 10253 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10254 return true; 10255 } 10256 10257 // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible. 10258 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) { 10259 OldFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10260 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10261 Redeclaration = true; 10262 OldDecl = OldFD; 10263 return false; 10264 } 10265 10266 NewFD->setIsMultiVersion(); 10267 Redeclaration = false; 10268 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10269 OldDecl = nullptr; 10270 Previous.clear(); 10271 return false; 10272 } 10273 10274 10275 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration. 10276 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself. 10277 /// 10278 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10279 /// 10280 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 10281 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10282 bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 10283 bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious, 10284 LookupResult &Previous) { 10285 const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>(); 10286 const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>(); 10287 const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>(); 10288 10289 // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited. 10290 if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) || 10291 (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) { 10292 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed); 10293 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10294 return true; 10295 } 10296 10297 MultiVersionKind MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind(); 10298 10299 // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS 10300 // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint. 10301 if (NewFD->isMain()) { 10302 if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) || 10303 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch || 10304 MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) { 10305 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main); 10306 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10307 return true; 10308 } 10309 return false; 10310 } 10311 10312 if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() || 10313 OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != 10314 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) { 10315 // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause 10316 // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition. 10317 if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10318 return false; 10319 return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA); 10320 } 10321 10322 FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction(); 10323 10324 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) 10325 return false; 10326 10327 if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) { 10328 S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl) 10329 << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target); 10330 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10331 return true; 10332 } 10333 10334 // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case. 10335 if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) 10336 return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA, 10337 Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10338 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10339 10340 // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an 10341 // appropriate attribute in the current function decl. Resolve that these are 10342 // still compatible with previous declarations. 10343 return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl( 10344 S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration, 10345 OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous); 10346 } 10347 10348 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 10349 /// 10350 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 10351 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 10352 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 10353 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 10354 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 10355 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 10356 /// via InstantiateDecl). 10357 /// 10358 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 10359 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the 10360 /// previous declaration). 10361 /// 10362 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 10363 /// 10364 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 10365 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 10366 LookupResult &Previous, 10367 bool IsMemberSpecialization) { 10368 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 10369 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 10370 10371 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 10372 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 10373 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 10374 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10375 !Previous.isShadowed(); 10376 10377 bool Redeclaration = false; 10378 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 10379 bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false; 10380 10381 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 10382 // the same name, if appropriate. 10383 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10384 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 10385 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 10386 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 10387 // function to the scope. 10388 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) { 10389 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 10390 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 10391 Redeclaration = true; 10392 OldDecl = Candidate; 10393 } 10394 } else { 10395 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10396 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 10397 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 10398 case Ovl_Match: 10399 Redeclaration = true; 10400 break; 10401 10402 case Ovl_NonFunction: 10403 Redeclaration = true; 10404 break; 10405 10406 case Ovl_Overload: 10407 Redeclaration = false; 10408 break; 10409 } 10410 } 10411 } 10412 10413 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 10414 if (!Redeclaration && 10415 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 10416 if (!Previous.empty()) { 10417 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 10418 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 10419 Redeclaration = true; 10420 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 10421 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 10422 10423 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 10424 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() || 10425 NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10426 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 10427 MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true; 10428 Redeclaration = false; 10429 OldDecl = nullptr; 10430 } 10431 } 10432 } 10433 } 10434 10435 if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl, 10436 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous)) 10437 return Redeclaration; 10438 10439 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 10440 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 10441 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 10442 // 10443 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 10444 // definition of a static member function. 10445 // 10446 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 10447 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 10448 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 10449 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 10450 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 10451 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) { 10452 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 10453 if (OldDecl) 10454 OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 10455 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 10456 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 10457 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10458 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 10459 EPI.TypeQuals.addConst(); 10460 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 10461 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 10462 10463 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 10464 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 10465 if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) { 10466 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 10467 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 10468 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 10469 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 10470 10471 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const) 10472 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 10473 } 10474 } 10475 } 10476 10477 if (Redeclaration) { 10478 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 10479 // merged. 10480 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 10481 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10482 return Redeclaration; 10483 } 10484 10485 Previous.clear(); 10486 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 10487 10488 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl = 10489 dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 10490 auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl(); 10491 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 10492 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 10493 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 10494 10495 // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in 10496 // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we 10497 // can add it as a redeclaration. 10498 NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl); 10499 10500 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10501 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10502 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) { 10503 NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10504 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 10505 } 10506 10507 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 10508 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 10509 if (IsMemberSpecialization && 10510 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 10511 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 10512 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 10513 // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted 10514 // status from the parent member template that they are specializing. 10515 if (OldFD->isDeleted()) { 10516 // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules. 10517 assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD); 10518 // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation. 10519 OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false); 10520 } 10521 } 10522 10523 } else { 10524 if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) { 10525 auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl); 10526 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 10527 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD); 10528 adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(NewFD, OldFD); 10529 if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) 10530 NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess()); 10531 } 10532 } 10533 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks && 10534 !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 10535 assert((Previous.empty() || 10536 llvm::any_of(Previous, 10537 [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10538 return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10539 })) && 10540 "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present"); 10541 10542 auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) { 10543 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND); 10544 return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>(); 10545 }); 10546 10547 if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) { 10548 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10549 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads); 10550 Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(), 10551 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload) 10552 << false; 10553 10554 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 10555 } 10556 } 10557 10558 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 10559 10560 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10561 // C++-specific checks. 10562 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10563 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 10564 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 10565 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 10566 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 10567 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 10568 10569 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 10570 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 10571 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 10572 DeclarationName Name 10573 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 10574 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 10575 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 10576 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 10577 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10578 return Redeclaration; 10579 } 10580 } 10581 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 10582 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 10583 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 10584 } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) { 10585 if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 10586 CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD); 10587 10588 // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be 10589 // explicitly specialized. 10590 if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) 10591 Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized) 10592 << /*explicit specialization*/ 1; 10593 } 10594 10595 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 10596 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 10597 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 10598 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 10599 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 10600 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 10601 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 10602 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 10603 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 10604 } 10605 } 10606 } 10607 if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()) 10608 // C++2a [class.virtual]p6 10609 // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause. 10610 Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(), 10611 diag::err_constrained_virtual_method); 10612 10613 if (Method->isStatic()) 10614 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 10615 } 10616 10617 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 10618 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 10619 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10620 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10621 return Redeclaration; 10622 } 10623 10624 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 10625 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 10626 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 10627 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 10628 return Redeclaration; 10629 } 10630 10631 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 10632 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 10633 // during delayed parsing anyway. 10634 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 10635 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 10636 10637 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 10638 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 10639 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 10640 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 10641 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 10642 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 10643 // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception 10644 // specification, that's OK. 10645 // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to 10646 // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type. 10647 if (!T.isNull() && 10648 !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T, 10649 NewFD->getType())) 10650 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 10651 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 10652 Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 10653 } 10654 10655 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 10656 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 10657 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 10658 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 10659 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 10660 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 10661 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 10662 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 10663 << NewFD << R; 10664 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 10665 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10666 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 10667 } 10668 10669 // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6: 10670 // [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification 10671 // [is] part of the function type 10672 // 10673 // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose 10674 // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or 10675 // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in 10676 // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other 10677 // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.) 10678 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) { 10679 auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool { 10680 // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function 10681 // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very 10682 // restricted prior to C++17. 10683 if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) 10684 T = RT->getPointeeType(); 10685 else if (T->isAnyPointerType()) 10686 T = T->getPointeeType(); 10687 else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 10688 T = MPT->getPointeeType(); 10689 if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10690 if (FPT->isNothrow()) 10691 return true; 10692 return false; 10693 }; 10694 10695 auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 10696 bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType()); 10697 for (QualType T : FPT->param_types()) 10698 AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T); 10699 if (AnyNoexcept) 10700 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 10701 diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature) 10702 << NewFD; 10703 } 10704 10705 if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA) 10706 checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous); 10707 } 10708 return Redeclaration; 10709 } 10710 10711 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 10712 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 10713 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 10714 // constexpr is ill-formed. 10715 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 10716 // appear in a declaration of main. 10717 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 10718 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 10719 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 10720 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 10721 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 10722 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 10723 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 10724 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 10725 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 10726 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 10727 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 10728 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 10729 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 10730 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 10731 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 10732 } 10733 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 10734 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 10735 << FD->isConsteval() 10736 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 10737 FD->setConstexprKind(CSK_unspecified); 10738 } 10739 10740 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 10741 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 10742 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 10743 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10744 return; 10745 } 10746 10747 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10748 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10749 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10750 10751 // Set default calling convention for main() 10752 if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) { 10753 FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C)); 10754 FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0)); 10755 T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType()); 10756 } 10757 10758 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 10759 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 10760 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 10761 // implicit-return-zero rule. 10762 10763 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 10764 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10765 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10766 else { 10767 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 10768 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10769 if (RTRange.isValid()) 10770 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 10771 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 10772 } 10773 } else { 10774 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 10775 // set the flag which tells us that. 10776 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 10777 10778 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 10779 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 10780 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10781 else { 10782 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 10783 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 10784 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 10785 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 10786 : FixItHint()); 10787 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10788 } 10789 } 10790 10791 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 10792 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 10793 10794 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 10795 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 10796 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 10797 10798 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 10799 10800 if (FTP->isVariadic()) { 10801 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main); 10802 // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we 10803 // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter. 10804 } 10805 10806 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 10807 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 10808 // getting shifty. 10809 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 10810 HasExtraParameters = false; 10811 10812 if (HasExtraParameters) { 10813 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 10814 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10815 nparams = 3; 10816 } 10817 10818 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 10819 // if we had some location information about types. 10820 10821 QualType CharPP = 10822 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 10823 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 10824 10825 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 10826 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 10827 10828 bool mismatch = true; 10829 10830 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 10831 mismatch = false; 10832 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 10833 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 10834 // char const ** 10835 // char const * const * 10836 // char * const * 10837 10838 QualifierCollector qs; 10839 const PointerType* PT; 10840 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10841 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 10842 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 10843 Context.CharTy)) { 10844 qs.removeConst(); 10845 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 10846 } 10847 } 10848 10849 if (mismatch) { 10850 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 10851 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 10852 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 10853 } 10854 } 10855 10856 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10857 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 10858 } 10859 10860 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10861 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10862 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10863 } 10864 } 10865 10866 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10867 QualType T = FD->getType(); 10868 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 10869 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 10870 10871 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 10872 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 10873 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 10874 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 10875 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 10876 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 10877 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 10878 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 10879 10880 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 10881 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 10882 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10883 } 10884 } 10885 10886 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 10887 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 10888 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 10889 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 10890 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 10891 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 10892 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 10893 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 10894 // rules there don't matter.) 10895 const Expr *Culprit; 10896 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 10897 return false; 10898 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 10899 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 10900 return true; 10901 } 10902 10903 namespace { 10904 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 10905 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 10906 class SelfReferenceChecker 10907 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 10908 Sema &S; 10909 Decl *OrigDecl; 10910 bool isRecordType; 10911 bool isPODType; 10912 bool isReferenceType; 10913 10914 bool isInitList; 10915 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex; 10916 10917 public: 10918 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 10919 10920 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 10921 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 10922 isPODType = false; 10923 isRecordType = false; 10924 isReferenceType = false; 10925 isInitList = false; 10926 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 10927 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 10928 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 10929 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 10930 } 10931 } 10932 10933 // For most expressions, just call the visitor. For initializer lists, 10934 // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are 10935 // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields. 10936 void CheckExpr(Expr *E) { 10937 InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E); 10938 if (!InitList) { 10939 Visit(E); 10940 return; 10941 } 10942 10943 // Track and increment the index here. 10944 isInitList = true; 10945 InitFieldIndex.push_back(0); 10946 for (auto Child : InitList->children()) { 10947 CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child)); 10948 ++InitFieldIndex.back(); 10949 } 10950 InitFieldIndex.pop_back(); 10951 } 10952 10953 // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed. 10954 // Returns false if additional checking is required. 10955 bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) { 10956 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields; 10957 Expr *Base = E; 10958 bool ReferenceField = false; 10959 10960 // Get the field members used. 10961 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 10962 FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()); 10963 if (!FD) 10964 return false; 10965 Fields.push_back(FD); 10966 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) 10967 ReferenceField = true; 10968 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 10969 } 10970 10971 // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same. 10972 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base); 10973 if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl) 10974 return false; 10975 10976 // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field. 10977 if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField) 10978 return true; 10979 10980 // Convert FieldDecls to their index number. 10981 llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex; 10982 for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields)) 10983 UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex()); 10984 10985 // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index 10986 // numbers. If field being used has index less than the field being 10987 // initialized, then the use is safe. 10988 for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(), 10989 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(), 10990 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(), 10991 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end(); 10992 UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) { 10993 if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter) 10994 return true; 10995 if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter) 10996 break; 10997 } 10998 10999 // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names. 11000 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11001 return true; 11002 } 11003 11004 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 11005 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 11006 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 11007 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 11008 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11009 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 11010 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11011 return; 11012 } 11013 11014 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11015 Visit(CO->getCond()); 11016 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 11017 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 11018 return; 11019 } 11020 11021 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 11022 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 11023 Visit(BCO->getCond()); 11024 HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 11025 return; 11026 } 11027 11028 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) { 11029 HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()); 11030 return; 11031 } 11032 11033 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 11034 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 11035 Visit(BO->getLHS()); 11036 HandleValue(BO->getRHS()); 11037 return; 11038 } 11039 } 11040 11041 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 11042 if (isInitList) { 11043 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E), 11044 false /*CheckReference*/)) 11045 return; 11046 } 11047 11048 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11049 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11050 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 11051 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11052 return; 11053 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11054 } 11055 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 11056 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11057 return; 11058 } 11059 11060 Visit(E); 11061 } 11062 11063 // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all 11064 // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses. 11065 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 11066 if (isReferenceType) 11067 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 11068 } 11069 11070 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 11071 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) { 11072 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11073 return; 11074 } 11075 11076 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 11077 } 11078 11079 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 11080 if (isInitList) { 11081 if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/)) 11082 return; 11083 } 11084 11085 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 11086 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 11087 11088 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 11089 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 11090 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 11091 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 11092 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11093 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 11094 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 11095 Warn = false; 11096 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 11097 } 11098 11099 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 11100 if (Warn) 11101 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 11102 return; 11103 } 11104 11105 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 11106 // Visit that expression. 11107 Visit(Base); 11108 } 11109 11110 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 11111 Expr *Callee = E->getCallee(); 11112 11113 if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee)) 11114 return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 11115 11116 Visit(Callee); 11117 for (auto Arg: E->arguments()) 11118 HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 11119 } 11120 11121 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 11122 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 11123 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 11124 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 11125 if (!isPODType) 11126 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11127 return; 11128 } 11129 11130 if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) { 11131 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 11132 return; 11133 } 11134 11135 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 11136 } 11137 11138 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {} 11139 11140 void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) { 11141 if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) { 11142 Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0); 11143 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11144 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 11145 ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0); 11146 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr)) 11147 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 11148 ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr(); 11149 HandleValue(ArgExpr); 11150 return; 11151 } 11152 Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E); 11153 } 11154 11155 void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) { 11156 // Treat std::move as a use. 11157 if (E->isCallToStdMove()) { 11158 HandleValue(E->getArg(0)); 11159 return; 11160 } 11161 11162 Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E); 11163 } 11164 11165 void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) { 11166 if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) { 11167 HandleValue(E->getLHS()); 11168 Visit(E->getRHS()); 11169 return; 11170 } 11171 11172 Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E); 11173 } 11174 11175 // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the 11176 // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately 11177 // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics. 11178 void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) { 11179 Visit(E->getCond()); 11180 Visit(E->getFalseExpr()); 11181 } 11182 11183 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 11184 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 11185 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 11186 unsigned diag; 11187 if (isReferenceType) { 11188 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 11189 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 11190 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 11191 } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11192 isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) || 11193 DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) { 11194 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 11195 } else { 11196 // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis. 11197 return; 11198 } 11199 11200 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE, 11201 S.PDiag(diag) 11202 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation() 11203 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 11204 } 11205 }; 11206 11207 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 11208 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 11209 bool DirectInit) { 11210 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 11211 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 11212 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 11213 return; 11214 11215 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 11216 11217 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 11218 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 11219 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 11220 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 11221 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 11222 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 11223 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 11224 return; 11225 11226 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E); 11227 } 11228 } // end anonymous namespace 11229 11230 namespace { 11231 // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is 11232 // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic. 11233 struct VarDeclOrName { 11234 VarDecl *VDecl; 11235 DeclarationName Name; 11236 11237 friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder & 11238 operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) { 11239 return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name; 11240 } 11241 }; 11242 } // end anonymous namespace 11243 11244 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, 11245 DeclarationName Name, QualType Type, 11246 TypeSourceInfo *TSI, 11247 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit, 11248 Expr *Init) { 11249 bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl; 11250 assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) && 11251 "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization"); 11252 11253 VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name}; 11254 11255 DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType(); 11256 assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type"); 11257 11258 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 11259 if (!Init) { 11260 assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?"); 11261 11262 // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing 11263 // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern. 11264 if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) || 11265 VDecl->hasExternalStorage() || 11266 VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11267 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 11268 << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type; 11269 return QualType(); 11270 } 11271 } 11272 11273 ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits; 11274 if (Init) 11275 DeduceInits = Init; 11276 11277 if (DirectInit) { 11278 if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 11279 DeduceInits = PL->exprs(); 11280 } 11281 11282 if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) { 11283 assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?"); 11284 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11285 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11286 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11287 // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits. 11288 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end()); 11289 return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind, 11290 InitsCopy); 11291 } 11292 11293 if (DirectInit) { 11294 if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11295 DeduceInits = IL->inits(); 11296 } 11297 11298 // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression. 11299 if (DeduceInits.empty()) { 11300 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 11301 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 11302 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11303 ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 11304 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 11305 << VN << Type << Range; 11306 return QualType(); 11307 } 11308 11309 if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) { 11310 Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(), 11311 IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 11312 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 11313 << VN << Type << Range; 11314 return QualType(); 11315 } 11316 11317 Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0]; 11318 if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) { 11319 Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture 11320 ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces 11321 : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 11322 << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range; 11323 return QualType(); 11324 } 11325 11326 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 11327 bool DefaultedAnyToId = false; 11328 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 11329 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) { 11330 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11331 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11332 return QualType(); 11333 } 11334 Init = Result.get(); 11335 DefaultedAnyToId = true; 11336 } 11337 11338 // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1: 11339 // If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier 11340 // is present, e has type cv A 11341 if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) && 11342 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) && 11343 DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType()) 11344 return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(), 11345 Type.getQualifiers()); 11346 11347 QualType DeducedType; 11348 if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) { 11349 if (!IsInitCapture) 11350 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 11351 else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) 11352 Diag(Range.getBegin(), 11353 diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list) 11354 << VN 11355 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11356 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11357 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11358 else 11359 Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure) 11360 << VN << TSI->getType() 11361 << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType() 11362 : DeduceInit->getType()) 11363 << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 11364 } 11365 11366 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 11367 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual 11368 // checks. 11369 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 11370 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 11371 if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture && 11372 !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 11373 SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 11374 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range; 11375 } 11376 11377 return DeducedType; 11378 } 11379 11380 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit, 11381 Expr *Init) { 11382 QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer( 11383 VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), 11384 VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init); 11385 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 11386 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11387 return true; 11388 } 11389 11390 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 11391 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 11392 11393 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 11394 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 11395 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11396 11397 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 11398 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl); 11399 11400 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 11401 // the previously declared type. 11402 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 11403 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 11404 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 11405 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false); 11406 } 11407 11408 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 11409 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 11410 return VDecl->isInvalidDecl(); 11411 } 11412 11413 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init, 11414 SourceLocation Loc) { 11415 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init)) 11416 Init = CE->getSubExpr(); 11417 11418 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 11419 assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11420 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11421 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct"); 11422 if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11423 for (auto I : ILE->inits()) { 11424 if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() && 11425 !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11426 continue; 11427 SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc(); 11428 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc); 11429 } 11430 return; 11431 } 11432 11433 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) { 11434 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11435 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, 11436 NTCUK_Init); 11437 } else { 11438 // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing 11439 // object. 11440 // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee 11441 // copy-elision. 11442 if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11443 checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy); 11444 } 11445 } 11446 11447 namespace { 11448 11449 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) { 11450 // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly 11451 // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union 11452 // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership 11453 // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining 11454 // whether the containing union is non-trivial. 11455 return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>(); 11456 } 11457 11458 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor 11459 : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11460 void> { 11461 using Super = 11462 DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor, 11463 void>; 11464 11465 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor( 11466 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11467 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11468 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11469 11470 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT, 11471 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11472 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11473 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11474 InNonTrivialUnion); 11475 return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11476 } 11477 11478 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11479 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11480 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11481 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11482 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11483 } 11484 11485 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11486 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11487 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11488 << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName(); 11489 } 11490 11491 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11492 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11493 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11494 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11495 bool IsUnion = false; 11496 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11497 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11498 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11499 << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11500 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11501 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11502 } 11503 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11504 } 11505 11506 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11507 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11508 << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11509 11510 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11511 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11512 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11513 } 11514 11515 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11516 11517 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11518 // non-trivial C union. 11519 QualType OrigTy; 11520 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11521 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11522 Sema &S; 11523 }; 11524 11525 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor 11526 : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> { 11527 using Super = 11528 DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>; 11529 11530 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor( 11531 QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11532 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S) 11533 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11534 11535 void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT, 11536 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11537 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11538 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11539 InNonTrivialUnion); 11540 return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11541 } 11542 11543 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11544 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11545 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11546 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11547 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11548 } 11549 11550 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11551 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11552 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11553 << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName(); 11554 } 11555 11556 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11557 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11558 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11559 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11560 bool IsUnion = false; 11561 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11562 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11563 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11564 << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11565 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11566 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11567 } 11568 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11569 } 11570 11571 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11572 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11573 << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11574 11575 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11576 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11577 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11578 } 11579 11580 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11581 void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11582 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11583 11584 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11585 // non-trivial C union. 11586 QualType OrigTy; 11587 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11588 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11589 Sema &S; 11590 }; 11591 11592 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor 11593 : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> { 11594 using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>; 11595 11596 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc, 11597 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11598 Sema &S) 11599 : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {} 11600 11601 void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11602 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11603 if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT)) 11604 return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD, 11605 InNonTrivialUnion); 11606 return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11607 } 11608 11609 void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11610 bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11611 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11612 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11613 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11614 } 11615 11616 void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11617 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11618 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11619 << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName(); 11620 } 11621 11622 void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) { 11623 const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 11624 if (RD->isUnion()) { 11625 if (OrigLoc.isValid()) { 11626 bool IsUnion = false; 11627 if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl()) 11628 IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion(); 11629 S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context) 11630 << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext; 11631 // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once. 11632 OrigLoc = SourceLocation(); 11633 } 11634 InNonTrivialUnion = true; 11635 } 11636 11637 if (InNonTrivialUnion) 11638 S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union) 11639 << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << ""; 11640 11641 for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields()) 11642 if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) 11643 asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion); 11644 } 11645 11646 void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT, 11647 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11648 void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11649 void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, 11650 bool InNonTrivialUnion) {} 11651 11652 // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a 11653 // non-trivial C union. 11654 QualType OrigTy; 11655 SourceLocation OrigLoc; 11656 Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext; 11657 Sema &S; 11658 }; 11659 11660 } // namespace 11661 11662 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc, 11663 NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, 11664 unsigned NonTrivialKind) { 11665 assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 11666 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 11667 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) && 11668 "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union"); 11669 11670 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) && 11671 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 11672 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11673 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11674 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) && 11675 QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion()) 11676 DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11677 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11678 if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 11679 DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this) 11680 .visit(QT, nullptr, false); 11681 } 11682 11683 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 11684 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 11685 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 11686 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 11687 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 11688 // the initializer. 11689 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11690 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl)); 11691 return; 11692 } 11693 11694 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 11695 // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier. 11696 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 11697 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 11698 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 11699 return; 11700 } 11701 11702 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 11703 if (!VDecl) { 11704 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 11705 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 11706 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11707 return; 11708 } 11709 11710 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 11711 if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 11712 // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can 11713 // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a 11714 // TypoExpr. 11715 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl); 11716 if (!Res.isUsable()) { 11717 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11718 return; 11719 } 11720 Init = Res.get(); 11721 11722 if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init)) 11723 return; 11724 } 11725 11726 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 11727 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 11728 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 11729 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11730 return; 11731 } 11732 11733 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 11734 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 11735 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 11736 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11737 return; 11738 } 11739 11740 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 11741 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 11742 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 11743 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 11744 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 11745 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 11746 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 11747 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 11748 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 11749 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11750 return; 11751 } 11752 11753 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 11754 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 11755 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11756 AbstractVariableType)) 11757 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11758 } 11759 11760 // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition, 11761 // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise 11762 // handle the situation. 11763 VarDecl *Def; 11764 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl && 11765 (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) && 11766 !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() && 11767 checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl)) 11768 return; 11769 11770 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11771 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 11772 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 11773 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11774 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 11775 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 11776 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 11777 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 11778 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 11779 // 11780 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 11781 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 11782 // declaration with an initializer. 11783 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) { 11784 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 11785 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 11786 Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(), 11787 diag::note_previous_initializer) 11788 << 0; 11789 return; 11790 } 11791 11792 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11793 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 11794 11795 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 11796 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11797 return; 11798 } 11799 } 11800 11801 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 11802 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 11803 if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 11804 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 11805 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11806 return; 11807 } 11808 11809 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 11810 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 11811 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 11812 11813 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 11814 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 11815 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 11816 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 11817 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 11818 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11819 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11820 return; 11821 } 11822 Init = Result.get(); 11823 } 11824 11825 // Perform the initialization. 11826 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 11827 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11828 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 11829 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit( 11830 VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init); 11831 11832 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 11833 if (CXXDirectInit) 11834 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 11835 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 11836 11837 // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments. 11838 for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) { 11839 ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr( 11840 Args[Idx], VDecl, [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) { 11841 InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E)); 11842 return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E; 11843 }); 11844 if (Res.isInvalid()) { 11845 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11846 } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) { 11847 Args[Idx] = Res.get(); 11848 } 11849 } 11850 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 11851 return; 11852 11853 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, 11854 /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false, 11855 /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false); 11856 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 11857 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11858 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11859 return; 11860 } 11861 11862 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 11863 } 11864 11865 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 11866 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 11867 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 11868 // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C. 11869 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11870 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 11871 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 11872 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 11873 } 11874 } 11875 11876 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 11877 // completed by the initializer. For example: 11878 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 11879 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 11880 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 11881 VDecl->setType(DclT); 11882 11883 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11884 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 11885 11886 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 11887 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 11888 11889 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 11890 // Although this code can still have problems: 11891 // id x = self.weakProp; 11892 // id y = self.weakProp; 11893 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 11894 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 11895 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 11896 if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction()) 11897 if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 11898 VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) && 11899 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 11900 Init->getBeginLoc())) 11901 FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 11902 } 11903 11904 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 11905 // 11906 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 11907 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 11908 // full-expression. For instance, in: 11909 // 11910 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 11911 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 11912 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 11913 // 11914 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 11915 ExprResult Result = 11916 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 11917 /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr()); 11918 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 11919 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 11920 return; 11921 } 11922 Init = Result.get(); 11923 11924 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 11925 VDecl->setInit(Init); 11926 11927 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 11928 // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed. 11929 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 11930 // do nothing 11931 11932 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized. 11933 // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL. 11934 } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 11935 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11936 11937 // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer. 11938 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11939 // do nothing 11940 11941 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 11942 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 11943 } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 11944 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 11945 11946 // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers. 11947 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 11948 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 11949 // constant expressions. 11950 } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 11951 isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 11952 const Expr *Culprit; 11953 if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) { 11954 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 11955 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 11956 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 11957 } 11958 } 11959 11960 if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 11961 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) 11962 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 11963 BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap(); 11964 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() && 11965 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 11966 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 11967 // 11968 // struct S { 11969 // static const int value = 17; 11970 // }; 11971 11972 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 11973 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 11974 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 11975 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 11976 // 11977 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 11978 // If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral 11979 // or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 11980 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause 11981 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 11982 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 11983 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 11984 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 11985 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 11986 11987 // Do nothing on dependent types. 11988 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 11989 11990 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 11991 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 11992 // type. 11993 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 11994 11995 // Require constness. 11996 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 11997 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 11998 << Init->getSourceRange(); 11999 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12000 12001 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 12002 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 12003 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 12004 SourceLocation Loc; 12005 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 12006 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 12007 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 12008 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 12009 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 12010 ; // Nothing to check. 12011 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 12012 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 12013 else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() && 12014 Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context)) 12015 ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression. 12016 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12017 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 12018 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 12019 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12020 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12021 } else { 12022 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 12023 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 12024 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12025 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12026 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12027 } 12028 12029 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 12030 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 12031 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 12032 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 12033 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12034 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 12035 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12036 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12037 Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), 12038 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 12039 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12040 } else { 12041 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 12042 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12043 12044 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 12045 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 12046 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12047 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12048 } 12049 } 12050 12051 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 12052 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 12053 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 12054 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 12055 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr "); 12056 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 12057 12058 } else { 12059 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 12060 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 12061 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12062 } 12063 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 12064 // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when 12065 // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a 12066 // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it. 12067 // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables 12068 // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present, 12069 // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the 12070 // C++ rules. 12071 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 12072 ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) || 12073 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) && 12074 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) && 12075 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 12076 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 12077 12078 // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has 12079 // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with 12080 // __declspec(dllexport). 12081 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() && 12082 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() && 12083 VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition()) 12084 VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern); 12085 12086 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 12087 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12088 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 12089 } 12090 12091 QualType InitType = Init->getType(); 12092 if (!InitType.isNull() && 12093 (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 12094 InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())) 12095 checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc()); 12096 12097 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 12098 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 12099 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 12100 // 12101 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 12102 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 12103 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 12104 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 12105 // special case code. 12106 12107 // C++ 8.5p11: 12108 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 12109 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 12110 // class type. 12111 if (CXXDirectInit) { 12112 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 12113 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12114 } else if (DirectInit) { 12115 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 12116 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 12117 } 12118 12119 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 12120 } 12121 12122 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 12123 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 12124 /// of sanity. 12125 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 12126 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 12127 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 12128 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12129 12130 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12131 if (!VD) return; 12132 12133 // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12134 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) 12135 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) 12136 BD->setInvalidDecl(); 12137 12138 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 12139 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 12140 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12141 return; 12142 } 12143 12144 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 12145 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 12146 12147 // Require a complete type. 12148 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 12149 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 12150 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12151 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12152 return; 12153 } 12154 12155 // Require a non-abstract type. 12156 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 12157 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12158 AbstractVariableType)) { 12159 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12160 return; 12161 } 12162 12163 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 12164 // though. 12165 } 12166 12167 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) { 12168 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 12169 if (!RealDecl) 12170 return; 12171 12172 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12173 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 12174 12175 // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory. 12176 if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) { 12177 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var; 12178 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12179 return; 12180 } 12181 12182 if (Type->isUndeducedType() && 12183 DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr)) 12184 return; 12185 12186 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 12187 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 12188 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 12189 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 12190 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 12191 // member. 12192 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12193 !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) { 12194 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) { 12195 // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always 12196 // a definition there. 12197 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && 12198 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 12199 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12200 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 12201 << Var->getDeclName(); 12202 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12203 return; 12204 } 12205 } else { 12206 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 12207 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12208 return; 12209 } 12210 } 12211 12212 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 12213 // be initialized. 12214 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12215 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 12216 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 12217 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 12218 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12219 return; 12220 } 12221 12222 VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 12223 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly && 12224 Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion()) 12225 checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(), 12226 NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init); 12227 12228 12229 switch (DefKind) { 12230 case VarDecl::Definition: 12231 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 12232 break; 12233 12234 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 12235 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 12236 // a declaration. 12237 // 12238 LLVM_FALLTHROUGH; 12239 12240 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 12241 // It's only a declaration. 12242 12243 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 12244 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 12245 // object shall be complete. 12246 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 12247 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12248 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12249 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 12250 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12251 12252 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 12253 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12254 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12255 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12256 AbstractVariableType)) 12257 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12258 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 12259 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 12260 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 12261 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 12262 } 12263 12264 if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() && 12265 !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 12266 ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var); 12267 12268 return; 12269 12270 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 12271 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 12272 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 12273 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 12274 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 12275 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 12276 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 12277 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 12278 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 12279 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 12280 ArrayT->getElementType(), 12281 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 12282 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12283 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 12284 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 12285 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 12286 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 12287 // NOTE: code such as the following 12288 // static struct s; 12289 // struct s { int a; }; 12290 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 12291 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 12292 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 12293 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 12294 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12295 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 12296 } 12297 } 12298 12299 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 12300 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12301 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 12302 return; 12303 } 12304 12305 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12306 // definitions with incomplete array type. 12307 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 12308 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 12309 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 12310 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12311 return; 12312 } 12313 12314 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 12315 // definitions with reference type. 12316 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 12317 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 12318 << Var->getDeclName() 12319 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 12320 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12321 return; 12322 } 12323 12324 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 12325 // variable with dependent type. 12326 if (Type->isDependentType()) 12327 return; 12328 12329 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 12330 return; 12331 12332 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 12333 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 12334 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 12335 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 12336 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12337 return; 12338 } 12339 } else { 12340 return; 12341 } 12342 12343 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 12344 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 12345 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12346 AbstractVariableType)) { 12347 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12348 return; 12349 } 12350 12351 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 12352 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 12353 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 12354 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 12355 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 12356 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 12357 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 12358 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 12359 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 12360 // types and is declared without an initializer. 12361 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12362 if (const RecordType *Record 12363 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12364 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 12365 // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the 12366 // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can 12367 // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98. 12368 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 12369 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12370 } 12371 } 12372 // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space, 12373 // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer. 12374 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && 12375 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) 12376 return; 12377 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 12378 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 12379 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 12380 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 12381 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 12382 // type shall have a user-declared default 12383 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 12384 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 12385 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 12386 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 12387 // program is ill-formed. 12388 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 12389 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 12390 // default-initialized; [...]. 12391 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 12392 InitializationKind Kind 12393 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 12394 12395 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12396 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 12397 if (Init.isInvalid()) 12398 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 12399 else if (Init.get()) { 12400 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 12401 // This is important for template substitution. 12402 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 12403 } 12404 12405 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 12406 } 12407 } 12408 12409 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 12410 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it. 12411 if (!D) 12412 return; 12413 12414 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 12415 if (!VD) { 12416 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 12417 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12418 return; 12419 } 12420 12421 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12422 12423 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 12424 int Error = -1; 12425 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 12426 case SC_None: 12427 break; 12428 case SC_Extern: 12429 Error = 0; 12430 break; 12431 case SC_Static: 12432 Error = 1; 12433 break; 12434 case SC_PrivateExtern: 12435 Error = 2; 12436 break; 12437 case SC_Auto: 12438 Error = 3; 12439 break; 12440 case SC_Register: 12441 Error = 4; 12442 break; 12443 } 12444 if (Error != -1) { 12445 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 12446 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 12447 D->setInvalidDecl(); 12448 } 12449 } 12450 12451 StmtResult 12452 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 12453 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 12454 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 12455 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 12456 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 12457 // A range-based for statement of the form 12458 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12459 // is equivalent to 12460 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 12461 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 12462 12463 const char *PrevSpec; 12464 unsigned DiagID; 12465 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 12466 getPrintingPolicy()); 12467 12468 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForContext); 12469 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 12470 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 12471 12472 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false), 12473 IdentLoc); 12474 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 12475 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 12476 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 12477 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 12478 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 12479 } 12480 12481 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 12482 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 12483 12484 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 12485 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an 12486 // initialiser 12487 if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() && 12488 !var->hasInit()) { 12489 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration) 12490 << 1 /*Init*/; 12491 var->setInvalidDecl(); 12492 return; 12493 } 12494 } 12495 12496 // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 12497 // local retaining variable. 12498 if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 12499 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 12500 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 12501 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 12502 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 12503 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 12504 break; 12505 12506 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 12507 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 12508 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12509 break; 12510 } 12511 } 12512 12513 if (var->hasLocalStorage() && 12514 var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct) 12515 setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope(); 12516 12517 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 12518 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 12519 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 12520 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 12521 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 12522 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12523 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 12524 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 12525 !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 12526 !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) && 12527 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 12528 var->getLocation())) { 12529 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 12530 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 12531 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 12532 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 12533 12534 if (!prev) { 12535 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 12536 Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 12537 << /* variable */ 0; 12538 } 12539 } 12540 12541 // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization. 12542 Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit; 12543 const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr; 12544 auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable { 12545 if (!CacheHasConstInit) 12546 CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 12547 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit); 12548 return *CacheHasConstInit; 12549 }; 12550 12551 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 12552 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 12553 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 12554 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 12555 // have a non-trivial destructor. 12556 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 12557 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12558 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12559 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) { 12560 if (!checkConstInit()) { 12561 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 12562 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 12563 // initialization. 12564 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 12565 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 12566 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12567 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12568 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 12569 } 12570 } 12571 } 12572 12573 // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables. 12574 bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage(); 12575 if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12576 !inTemplateInstantiation()) { 12577 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 12578 int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Read; 12579 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 12580 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 12581 else if (!var->getInit()) { 12582 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 12583 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12584 } else { 12585 Stack = &DataSegStack; 12586 SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write; 12587 } 12588 if (Stack->CurrentValue && !var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) 12589 var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12590 Context, Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 12591 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, 12592 SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate)); 12593 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 12594 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 12595 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 12596 12597 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 12598 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 12599 // attribute. 12600 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 12601 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 12602 CurInitSegLoc, 12603 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12604 } 12605 12606 // All the following checks are C++ only. 12607 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12608 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the 12609 // current module. 12610 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12611 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12612 return; 12613 } 12614 12615 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var)) 12616 CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD); 12617 12618 QualType type = var->getType(); 12619 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 12620 12621 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 12622 getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var); 12623 12624 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 12625 bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal(); 12626 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 12627 12628 if (Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 12629 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 12630 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12631 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 12632 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 12633 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 12634 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 12635 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 12636 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 12637 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 12638 Notes.clear(); 12639 } 12640 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 12641 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 12642 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 12643 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 12644 } 12645 } else if (var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 12646 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 12647 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 12648 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 12649 var->checkInitIsICE(); 12650 } 12651 12652 // Don't emit further diagnostics about constexpr globals since they 12653 // were just diagnosed. 12654 if (!var->isConstexpr() && GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) { 12655 // FIXME: Need strict checking in C++03 here. 12656 bool DiagErr = getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 12657 ? !var->checkInitIsICE() : !checkConstInit(); 12658 if (DiagErr) { 12659 auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>(); 12660 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed) 12661 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12662 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), 12663 diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here) 12664 << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit(); 12665 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 12666 APValue Value; 12667 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 12668 Init->EvaluateAsInitializer(Value, getASTContext(), var, Notes); 12669 for (auto &it : Notes) 12670 Diag(it.first, it.second); 12671 } else { 12672 Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), 12673 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) 12674 << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange(); 12675 } 12676 } 12677 } 12678 else if (!var->isConstexpr() && IsGlobal && 12679 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 12680 var->getLocation())) { 12681 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 12682 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 12683 // warned about them. 12684 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 12685 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) { 12686 if (!checkConstInit()) 12687 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 12688 << Init->getSourceRange(); 12689 } 12690 } 12691 } 12692 12693 // Require the destructor. 12694 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 12695 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 12696 12697 // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current 12698 // module. 12699 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty()) 12700 Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var); 12701 } 12702 12703 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent. 12704 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) { 12705 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12706 return true; 12707 for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) 12708 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 12709 return true; 12710 return false; 12711 } 12712 12713 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a 12714 /// dllexport/import function. 12715 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) { 12716 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12717 12718 auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12719 12720 // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function. 12721 while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) && 12722 !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() && 12723 !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12724 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12725 } 12726 12727 if (!FD) 12728 return; 12729 12730 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 12731 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 12732 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 12733 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12734 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12735 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12736 auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 12737 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12738 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12739 12740 // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even 12741 // if it is not used in this compilation unit. 12742 if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) 12743 FD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12744 12745 } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) { 12746 auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A); 12747 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 12748 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 12749 } 12750 } 12751 12752 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 12753 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 12754 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 12755 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 12756 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 12757 12758 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 12759 if (!VD) 12760 return; 12761 12762 // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active 12763 if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 12764 !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 12765 if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid) 12766 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12767 Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName, 12768 PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation, 12769 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12770 if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid) 12771 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12772 Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName, 12773 PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation, 12774 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12775 if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid) 12776 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12777 Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName, 12778 PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation, 12779 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12780 if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid) 12781 VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit( 12782 Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName, 12783 PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation, 12784 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 12785 } 12786 12787 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) { 12788 for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) { 12789 FinalizeDeclaration(BD); 12790 } 12791 } 12792 12793 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 12794 12795 // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable 12796 // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check 12797 // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints). 12798 if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) { 12799 // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and 12800 // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case). 12801 if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) && 12802 !VD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12803 CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign); 12804 if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) { 12805 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum) 12806 << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD 12807 << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity(); 12808 } 12809 } 12810 } 12811 12812 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 12813 CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD); 12814 12815 if (dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 12816 // CUDA 8.0 E.3.9.4: Within the body of a __device__ or __global__ 12817 // function, only __shared__ variables or variables without any device 12818 // memory qualifiers may be declared with static storage class. 12819 // Note: It is unclear how a function-scope non-const static variable 12820 // without device memory qualifier is implemented, therefore only static 12821 // const variable without device memory qualifier is allowed. 12822 [&]() { 12823 if (!getLangOpts().CUDA) 12824 return; 12825 if (VD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>()) 12826 return; 12827 if (VD->getType().isConstQualified() && 12828 !(VD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() || VD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) 12829 return; 12830 if (CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(VD->getLocation(), 12831 diag::err_device_static_local_var) 12832 << CurrentCUDATarget()) 12833 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12834 }(); 12835 } 12836 } 12837 12838 // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables. 12839 // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA 12840 // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__ 12841 // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows 12842 // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables. 12843 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 12844 checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD); 12845 12846 // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl. 12847 const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD); 12848 12849 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 12850 if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) { 12851 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 12852 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12853 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 12854 // with a warning. 12855 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 12856 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 12857 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 12858 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 12859 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 12860 12861 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 12862 IsClassTemplateMember 12863 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 12864 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 12865 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 12866 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 12867 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12868 } 12869 } 12870 12871 // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index 12872 // isn't exported with the variable. 12873 if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) { 12874 auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod()); 12875 if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) { 12876 assert(VD->isStaticLocal()); 12877 // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the 12878 // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be 12879 // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe. 12880 } else { 12881 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD 12882 << DLLAttr; 12883 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 12884 } 12885 } 12886 12887 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 12888 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 12889 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 12890 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 12891 } 12892 } 12893 12894 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 12895 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 12896 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 12897 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 12898 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 12899 12900 // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations. 12901 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 12902 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 12903 12904 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 12905 // tag values. 12906 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 12907 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 12908 return; 12909 12910 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 12911 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 12912 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 12913 continue; 12914 } 12915 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 12916 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 12917 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12918 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 12919 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12920 continue; 12921 } 12922 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 12923 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 12924 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 12925 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 12926 continue; 12927 } 12928 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 12929 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 12930 MagicValue, 12931 I->getMatchingCType(), 12932 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 12933 I->getMustBeNull()); 12934 } 12935 } 12936 12937 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) { 12938 auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD); 12939 return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType(); 12940 } 12941 12942 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 12943 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 12944 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 12945 12946 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 12947 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 12948 12949 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12950 DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 12951 bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false; 12952 DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr; 12953 bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false; 12954 12955 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12956 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 12957 // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need 12958 // to perform. 12959 if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) { 12960 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 12961 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 12962 if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup) 12963 FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D); 12964 if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() && 12965 !hasDeducedAuto(DD)) 12966 FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD; 12967 12968 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) { 12969 // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other 12970 // declaration in the same group. 12971 if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) { 12972 Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(), 12973 diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone) 12974 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12975 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12976 DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true; 12977 } 12978 12979 // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a 12980 // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other 12981 // declarator in the same group. 12982 if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) { 12983 Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(), 12984 diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone) 12985 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType() 12986 ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType() 12987 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange() 12988 << DD->getSourceRange(); 12989 DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true; 12990 } 12991 } 12992 } 12993 12994 Decls.push_back(D); 12995 } 12996 } 12997 12998 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 12999 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 13000 handleTagNumbering(Tag, S); 13001 if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && 13002 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13003 Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 13004 } 13005 } 13006 13007 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls); 13008 } 13009 13010 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 13011 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 13012 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 13013 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13014 // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347) 13015 // If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each 13016 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 13017 if (Group.size() > 1) { 13018 QualType Deduced; 13019 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 13020 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13021 VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]); 13022 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) 13023 break; 13024 DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType(); 13025 if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull()) 13026 continue; 13027 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 13028 Deduced = DT->getDeducedType(); 13029 DeducedDecl = D; 13030 } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) { 13031 auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT); 13032 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 13033 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 13034 << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) 13035 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 13036 << DT->getDeducedType() << D->getDeclName() 13037 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 13038 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 13039 D->setInvalidDecl(); 13040 break; 13041 } 13042 } 13043 } 13044 13045 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 13046 13047 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 13048 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 13049 } 13050 13051 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 13052 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 13053 } 13054 13055 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 13056 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 13057 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 13058 return; 13059 13060 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, 13061 Group[0]->getLocation()) && 13062 Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name, 13063 Group[0]->getLocation())) 13064 return; 13065 13066 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 13067 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 13068 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 13069 // additional declaration references: 13070 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 13071 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 13072 // 'struct S *pS;' 13073 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 13074 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 13075 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 13076 Group = Group.slice(1); 13077 } 13078 } 13079 13080 // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file. 13081 // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in 13082 // different files (e. g. macros or #include). 13083 Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor()); 13084 } 13085 13086 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function 13087 /// parameters and non-type template parameters. 13088 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13089 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 13090 // parameter. 13091 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13092 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 13093 13094 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 13095 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 13096 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 13097 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 13098 } 13099 13100 // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a 13101 // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...]. 13102 switch (D.getName().getKind()) { 13103 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier: 13104 break; 13105 13106 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 13107 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: 13108 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 13109 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: 13110 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: 13111 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 13112 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: 13113 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 13114 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 13115 break; 13116 13117 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: 13118 case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: 13119 // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case. 13120 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id); 13121 break; 13122 } 13123 } 13124 13125 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 13126 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 13127 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 13128 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 13129 13130 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 13131 13132 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 13133 StorageClass SC = SC_None; 13134 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 13135 SC = SC_Register; 13136 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 13137 // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension. 13138 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 13139 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13140 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class 13141 : diag::warn_deprecated_register) 13142 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 13143 } 13144 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13145 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 13146 SC = SC_Auto; 13147 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 13148 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 13149 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 13150 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 13151 } 13152 13153 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 13154 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 13155 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 13156 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 13157 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 13158 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 13159 if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13160 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 13161 << 0 << D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier(); 13162 13163 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 13164 13165 CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D); 13166 13167 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 13168 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 13169 13170 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 13171 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 13172 if (II) { 13173 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 13174 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 13175 LookupName(R, S); 13176 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 13177 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 13178 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 13179 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 13180 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 13181 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 13182 PrevDecl = nullptr; 13183 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 13184 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 13185 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 13186 13187 // Recover by removing the name 13188 II = nullptr; 13189 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 13190 D.setInvalidType(true); 13191 } 13192 } 13193 } 13194 13195 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 13196 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 13197 // looking like class members in C++. 13198 ParmVarDecl *New = 13199 CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(), 13200 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC); 13201 13202 if (D.isInvalidType()) 13203 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13204 13205 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 13206 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 13207 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 13208 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 13209 13210 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 13211 S->AddDecl(New); 13212 if (II) 13213 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 13214 13215 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 13216 13217 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 13218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 13219 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 13220 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 13221 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 13222 13223 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 13224 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 13225 } 13226 13227 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 13228 deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New); 13229 13230 return New; 13231 } 13232 13233 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 13234 /// typedef. 13235 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 13236 SourceLocation Loc, 13237 QualType T) { 13238 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 13239 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 13240 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 13241 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 13242 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 13243 SC_None, nullptr); 13244 Param->setImplicit(); 13245 return Param; 13246 } 13247 13248 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) { 13249 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 13250 // will already have done so in the template itself. 13251 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) 13252 return; 13253 13254 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13255 if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() && 13256 !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 13257 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 13258 << Parameter->getDeclName(); 13259 } 13260 } 13261 } 13262 13263 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue( 13264 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) { 13265 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 13266 return; 13267 13268 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13269 // threshold. 13270 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 13271 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 13272 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13273 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 13274 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 13275 } 13276 13277 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 13278 // threshold. 13279 for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) { 13280 QualType T = Parameter->getType(); 13281 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 13282 continue; 13283 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 13284 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 13285 Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 13286 << Parameter->getDeclName() << Size; 13287 } 13288 } 13289 13290 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 13291 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 13292 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 13293 StorageClass SC) { 13294 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 13295 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 13296 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 13297 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 13298 13299 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 13300 13301 // Special cases for arrays: 13302 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 13303 // - otherwise, it's an error 13304 if (T->isArrayType()) { 13305 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 13306 if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics()) 13307 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 13308 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 13309 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 13310 else 13311 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership) 13312 << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 13313 } 13314 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 13315 } else { 13316 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 13317 } 13318 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 13319 } 13320 13321 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 13322 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 13323 TSInfo, SC, nullptr); 13324 13325 // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that 13326 // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the 13327 // lambda scope. 13328 if (New->isParameterPack()) 13329 if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda()) 13330 LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New); 13331 13332 if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || 13333 New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) 13334 checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(), 13335 NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy); 13336 13337 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 13338 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 13339 // the class has been completely parsed. 13340 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 13341 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 13342 AbstractParamType)) 13343 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13344 13345 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 13346 // passed by reference. 13347 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 13348 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = 13349 getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc()); 13350 Diag(NameLoc, 13351 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 13352 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 13353 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 13354 New->setType(T); 13355 } 13356 13357 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 13358 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 13359 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 13360 // an address space. 13361 if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default && 13362 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 13363 // to be qualified with an address space. 13364 !(getLangOpts().OpenCL && 13365 (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) { 13366 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 13367 New->setInvalidDecl(); 13368 } 13369 13370 return New; 13371 } 13372 13373 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 13374 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 13375 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 13376 13377 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 13378 // for a K&R function. 13379 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 13380 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 13381 --i; 13382 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 13383 SmallString<256> Code; 13384 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 13385 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 13386 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 13387 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 13388 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code); 13389 13390 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 13391 // type. 13392 AttributeFactory attrs; 13393 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 13394 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 13395 unsigned DiagID; // unused 13396 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 13397 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 13398 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 13399 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13400 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13401 Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeListContext); 13402 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 13403 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 13404 } 13405 } 13406 } 13407 } 13408 13409 Decl * 13410 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D, 13411 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 13412 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13413 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 13414 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 13415 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 13416 13417 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 13418 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists); 13419 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody); 13420 } 13421 13422 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) { 13423 Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D); 13424 } 13425 13426 static bool 13427 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 13428 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) { 13429 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 13430 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 13431 return false; 13432 13433 // Or declarations that aren't global. 13434 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 13435 return false; 13436 13437 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 13438 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 13439 return false; 13440 13441 // Don't warn about 'main'. 13442 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 13443 if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier()) 13444 if (II->isStr("main")) 13445 return false; 13446 13447 // Don't warn about inline functions. 13448 if (FD->isInlined()) 13449 return false; 13450 13451 // Don't warn about function templates. 13452 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13453 return false; 13454 13455 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 13456 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 13457 return false; 13458 13459 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 13460 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 13461 return false; 13462 13463 // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions. 13464 if (FD->isDeleted()) 13465 return false; 13466 13467 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 13468 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 13469 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 13470 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 13471 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 13472 continue; 13473 13474 PossiblePrototype = Prev; 13475 return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType(); 13476 } 13477 13478 return true; 13479 } 13480 13481 void 13482 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 13483 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition, 13484 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13485 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 13486 if (!Definition && !FD->isDefined(Definition) && !FD->isCXXClassMember()) { 13487 // If this is a friend function defined in a class template, it does not 13488 // have a body until it is used, nevertheless it is a definition, see 13489 // [temp.inst]p2: 13490 // 13491 // ... for the purpose of determining whether an instantiated redeclaration 13492 // is valid according to [basic.def.odr] and [class.mem], a declaration that 13493 // corresponds to a definition in the template is considered to be a 13494 // definition. 13495 // 13496 // The following code must produce redefinition error: 13497 // 13498 // template<typename T> struct C20 { friend void func_20() {} }; 13499 // C20<int> c20i; 13500 // void func_20() {} 13501 // 13502 for (auto I : FD->redecls()) { 13503 if (I != FD && !I->isInvalidDecl() && 13504 I->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 13505 if (FunctionDecl *Original = I->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13506 if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) { 13507 // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of 13508 // the same class, is OK. 13509 if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, Original) && 13510 declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(I->getLexicalDeclContext()), 13511 cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext()))) 13512 continue; 13513 } 13514 13515 if (Original->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13516 Definition = I; 13517 break; 13518 } 13519 } 13520 } 13521 } 13522 } 13523 13524 if (!Definition) 13525 // Similar to friend functions a friend function template may be a 13526 // definition and do not have a body if it is instantiated in a class 13527 // template. 13528 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 13529 for (auto I : FTD->redecls()) { 13530 auto D = cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(I); 13531 if (D != FTD) { 13532 assert(!D->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 13533 "More than one definition in redeclaration chain"); 13534 if (D->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) 13535 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FT = 13536 D->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 13537 if (FT->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 13538 Definition = D->getTemplatedDecl(); 13539 break; 13540 } 13541 } 13542 } 13543 } 13544 } 13545 13546 if (!Definition) 13547 return; 13548 13549 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 13550 return; 13551 13552 // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected 13553 // definition. 13554 if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition)) 13555 return; 13556 13557 // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or 13558 // a template, skip the new definition. 13559 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) && 13560 (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage || 13561 Definition->isInlined() || 13562 Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() || 13563 Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) { 13564 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 13565 SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition); 13566 if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 13567 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD); 13568 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition)); 13569 return; 13570 } 13571 13572 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 13573 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 13574 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 13575 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 13576 else 13577 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 13578 13579 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 13580 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13581 } 13582 13583 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 13584 Sema &S) { 13585 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 13586 13587 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 13588 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 13589 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 13590 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 13591 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 13592 13593 if (LCD == LCD_None) 13594 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 13595 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 13596 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 13597 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 13598 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 13599 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 13600 13601 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 13602 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 13603 13604 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 13605 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 13606 auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin(); 13607 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 13608 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 13609 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 13610 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 13611 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 13612 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 13613 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 13614 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 13615 /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(), 13616 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 13617 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 13618 CaptureType, /*Invalid*/false); 13619 13620 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 13621 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(), 13622 C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis); 13623 } else { 13624 LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(), 13625 I->getType()); 13626 } 13627 ++I; 13628 } 13629 } 13630 13631 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D, 13632 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 13633 if (!D) { 13634 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope 13635 // anyway so we can try to parse the function body. 13636 PushFunctionScope(); 13637 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13638 return D; 13639 } 13640 13641 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 13642 13643 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 13644 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 13645 else 13646 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 13647 13648 // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building 13649 // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(). 13650 if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) 13651 PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context); 13652 13653 // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition. 13654 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 13655 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0; 13656 FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>(); 13657 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13658 } 13659 if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) { 13660 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1; 13661 FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>(); 13662 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13663 } 13664 13665 // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' is already set, then 13666 // these checks were already performed when it was set. 13667 if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) { 13668 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody); 13669 13670 // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope. 13671 if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) 13672 return D; 13673 } 13674 13675 // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually". This lets users to 13676 // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing 13677 // this function. 13678 FD->setWillHaveBody(); 13679 13680 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 13681 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 13682 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 13683 // LambdaScopeInfo. 13684 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 13685 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 13686 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 13687 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 13688 // have the LSI properly restored. 13689 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 13690 assert(inTemplateInstantiation() && 13691 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 13692 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 13693 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 13694 } else { 13695 // Enter a new function scope 13696 PushFunctionScope(); 13697 } 13698 13699 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 13700 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 13701 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 13702 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 13703 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 13704 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13705 } 13706 } 13707 13708 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 13709 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 13710 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 13711 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 13712 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 13713 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 13714 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 13715 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13716 13717 if (FnBodyScope) 13718 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 13719 13720 // Check the validity of our function parameters 13721 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(), 13722 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 13723 13724 // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current 13725 // scope. 13726 if (FnBodyScope) { 13727 for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) { 13728 auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD); 13729 if (!NonParmDecl) 13730 continue; 13731 assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) && 13732 "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet"); 13733 13734 // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope. 13735 if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName()) 13736 PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13737 13738 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 13739 // accessible in this scope. 13740 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) { 13741 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 13742 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 13743 } 13744 } 13745 } 13746 13747 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 13748 for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) { 13749 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 13750 13751 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 13752 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 13753 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 13754 13755 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 13756 } 13757 } 13758 13759 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 13760 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 13761 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 13762 13763 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 13764 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 13765 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 13766 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 13767 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 13768 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13769 return D; 13770 } 13771 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 13772 // a function template). 13773 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 13774 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 13775 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 13776 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 13777 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 13778 13779 return D; 13780 } 13781 13782 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body, 13783 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 13784 /// optimization. 13785 /// 13786 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 13787 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 13788 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 13789 /// use the named return value optimization. 13790 /// 13791 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 13792 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 13793 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 13794 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 13795 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 13796 13797 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 13798 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 13799 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 13800 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 13801 } 13802 } 13803 } 13804 13805 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 13806 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 13807 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier()) 13808 return false; 13809 13810 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 13811 // return type (yet). 13812 if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) { 13813 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 13814 // we can still delay parsing it. 13815 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 13816 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 13817 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 13818 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 13819 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 13820 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 13821 } 13822 } 13823 return false; 13824 } 13825 13826 return true; 13827 } 13828 13829 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 13830 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 13831 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 13832 // rest of the file. 13833 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 13834 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 13835 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) { 13836 if (FD->isConstexpr()) 13837 return false; 13838 // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template 13839 // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered 13840 // "undeduced". 13841 if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType()) 13842 return false; 13843 } 13844 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 13845 } 13846 13847 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 13848 if (!Decl) 13849 return nullptr; 13850 if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction()) 13851 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13852 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 13853 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 13854 return Decl; 13855 } 13856 13857 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 13858 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 13859 } 13860 13861 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function 13862 /// body. 13863 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII { 13864 public: 13865 ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {} 13866 ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() { 13867 if (!IsLambda) 13868 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 13869 } 13870 13871 private: 13872 Sema &S; 13873 bool IsLambda = false; 13874 }; 13875 13876 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) { 13877 llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo; 13878 13879 auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) { 13880 if (EscapeInfo.count(BD)) 13881 return EscapeInfo[BD]; 13882 13883 bool R = false; 13884 const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD; 13885 13886 do { 13887 R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape(); 13888 if (R) 13889 break; 13890 CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl(); 13891 } while (CurBD); 13892 13893 return EscapeInfo[BD] = R; 13894 }; 13895 13896 // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping 13897 // block, emit a diagnostic. 13898 for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P : 13899 S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs) 13900 if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second)) 13901 S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self) 13902 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->"); 13903 } 13904 13905 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 13906 bool IsInstantiation) { 13907 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 13908 13909 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 13910 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 13911 13912 if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && getCurFunction()->isCoroutine()) 13913 CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body); 13914 13915 // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one 13916 // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is 13917 // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(). 13918 ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD)); 13919 13920 if (FD) { 13921 FD->setBody(Body); 13922 FD->setWillHaveBody(false); 13923 13924 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 13925 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() && 13926 FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 13927 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 13928 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 13929 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 13930 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 13931 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 13932 << FD->getReturnType(); 13933 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 13934 } else { 13935 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 13936 TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD); 13937 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 13938 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 13939 } 13940 } 13941 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) { 13942 // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call 13943 // operators because we don't support return type deduction. 13944 auto *LSI = getCurLambda(); 13945 if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) { 13946 deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI); 13947 13948 // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4: 13949 // [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement 13950 // [the deduced type is] the type void 13951 QualType RetType = 13952 LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType; 13953 13954 // Update the return type to the deduced type. 13955 const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 13956 FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(), 13957 Proto->getExtProtoInfo())); 13958 } 13959 } 13960 13961 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 13962 // don't complain about missing return statements. 13963 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 13964 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 13965 13966 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 13967 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 13968 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine()) 13969 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 13970 13971 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 13972 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 13973 if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody()) 13974 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters()); 13975 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(), 13976 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 13977 13978 // If this is a structor, we need a vtable. 13979 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 13980 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 13981 else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD)) 13982 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent()); 13983 13984 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 13985 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 13986 // to deduce an implicit return type. 13987 if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 13988 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext())) 13989 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 13990 } 13991 13992 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 13993 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 13994 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 13995 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 13996 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 13997 const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr; 13998 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) { 13999 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 14000 14001 if (PossiblePrototype) { 14002 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 14003 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 14004 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 14005 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14006 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 14007 Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(), 14008 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 14009 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0) 14010 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0 14011 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void") 14012 : FixItHint{}); 14013 } 14014 } else { 14015 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage) 14016 << /* function */ 1 14017 << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None 14018 ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 14019 "static ") 14020 : FixItHint{}); 14021 } 14022 14023 // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes 14024 // Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration. 14025 // This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide 14026 // a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype. 14027 // An empty list in a function declarator that is part of a definition 14028 // of that function specifies that the function has no parameters 14029 // (C99 6.7.5.3p14) 14030 if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype() && FD->getNumParams() > 0 && 14031 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { 14032 TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 14033 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 14034 FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>(); 14035 Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2; 14036 } 14037 } 14038 14039 // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body. 14040 if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body) 14041 if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body)) 14042 if (!CmpndBody->body_empty()) 14043 Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(), 14044 diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored); 14045 14046 if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 14047 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction; 14048 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) && 14049 MD->isVirtual() && 14050 (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) && 14051 MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) { 14052 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 14053 if (FD->isInlined() && 14054 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 14055 Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD); 14056 14057 // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we 14058 // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively. 14059 KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent()); 14060 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 14061 if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition)) 14062 MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14063 } else { 14064 // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used. 14065 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true); 14066 } 14067 } 14068 } 14069 14070 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 14071 "Function parsing confused"); 14072 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 14073 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 14074 MD->setBody(Body); 14075 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 14076 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(), 14077 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 14078 14079 if (Body) 14080 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 14081 } 14082 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 14083 Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 14084 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 14085 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 14086 } 14087 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 14088 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 14089 bool isDesignated = 14090 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 14091 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 14092 (void)isDesignated; 14093 14094 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 14095 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 14096 if (!IFace) 14097 return false; 14098 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 14099 if (!SuperD) 14100 return false; 14101 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 14102 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 14103 }; 14104 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 14105 // of NSObject. 14106 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 14107 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14108 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 14109 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 14110 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 14111 } 14112 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 14113 } 14114 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 14115 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 14116 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 14117 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 14118 diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 14119 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 14120 } 14121 14122 diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this); 14123 } else { 14124 // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope 14125 // we pushed on. 14126 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14127 return nullptr; 14128 } 14129 14130 if (Body && getCurFunction()->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations) 14131 DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl); 14132 14133 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 14134 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 14135 "handled in the block above."); 14136 14137 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 14138 if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) { 14139 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 14140 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 14141 // Verify this. 14142 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 14143 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 14144 14145 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 14146 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 14147 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 14148 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 14149 14150 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 14151 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 14152 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 14153 14154 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 14155 Destructor->getParent()); 14156 } 14157 14158 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14159 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14160 // deletion in some later function. 14161 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 14162 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 14163 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14164 } 14165 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 14166 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 14167 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 14168 // enabled. 14169 ActivePolicy = &WP; 14170 } 14171 14172 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 14173 !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose)) 14174 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14175 14176 if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) { 14177 for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) { 14178 // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't 14179 // require prologue. 14180 bool RegisterVariables = false; 14181 if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) { 14182 for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) { 14183 if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) { 14184 RegisterVariables = 14185 Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit(); 14186 if (!RegisterVariables) 14187 break; 14188 } 14189 } 14190 } 14191 if (RegisterVariables) 14192 continue; 14193 if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) { 14194 Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function); 14195 Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 14196 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 14197 break; 14198 } 14199 } 14200 } 14201 14202 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() == 14203 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects && 14204 "Leftover temporaries in function"); 14205 assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 14206 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 14207 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 14208 } 14209 14210 if (!IsInstantiation) 14211 PopDeclContext(); 14212 14213 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 14214 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 14215 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 14216 // deletion in some later function. 14217 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 14218 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 14219 } 14220 14221 return dcl; 14222 } 14223 14224 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 14225 /// relevant Decl. 14226 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 14227 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 14228 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 14229 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 14230 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 14231 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs); 14232 14233 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 14234 if (Method->isStatic()) 14235 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 14236 } 14237 14238 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 14239 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 14240 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 14241 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 14242 // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding 14243 // DeclContext. 14244 // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope. 14245 // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope 14246 // instead. 14247 Scope *BlockScope = S; 14248 while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent()) 14249 BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent(); 14250 14251 Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope; 14252 while (!ContextScope->getEntity()) 14253 ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent(); 14254 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity()); 14255 14256 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 14257 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 14258 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 14259 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 14260 NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II); 14261 if (ExternCPrev) { 14262 // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so 14263 // that later (non-call) uses can see it. 14264 PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false); 14265 14266 // C89 footnote 38: 14267 // If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int", 14268 // the behavior is undefined. 14269 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) || 14270 !Context.typesAreCompatible( 14271 cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(), 14272 Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) { 14273 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration) 14274 << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99; 14275 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14276 return ExternCPrev; 14277 } 14278 } 14279 14280 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 14281 unsigned diag_id; 14282 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 14283 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 14284 // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported. 14285 else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) 14286 diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl; 14287 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 14288 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 14289 else 14290 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 14291 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 14292 14293 // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building 14294 // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing 14295 // more to do. 14296 if (ExternCPrev) 14297 return ExternCPrev; 14298 14299 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 14300 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 14301 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 14302 TypoCorrection Corrected; 14303 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{}; 14304 if (S && (Corrected = 14305 CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName, 14306 S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError))) 14307 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 14308 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 14309 } 14310 14311 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 14312 const char *Dummy; 14313 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 14314 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 14315 unsigned DiagID; 14316 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 14317 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 14318 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 14319 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 14320 SourceLocation NoLoc; 14321 Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::BlockContext); 14322 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 14323 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 14324 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14325 /*Params=*/nullptr, 14326 /*NumParams=*/0, 14327 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 14328 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 14329 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 14330 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 14331 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None, 14332 /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(), 14333 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 14334 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 14335 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 14336 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 14337 /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr, 14338 /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc, 14339 Loc, D), 14340 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation()); 14341 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 14342 14343 // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope. 14344 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D)); 14345 FD->setImplicit(); 14346 14347 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 14348 14349 return FD; 14350 } 14351 14352 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 14353 /// the declaration of this function. 14354 /// 14355 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 14356 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 14357 /// like NSLog or printf. 14358 /// 14359 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 14360 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 14361 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 14362 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 14363 return; 14364 14365 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 14366 // actual attributes. 14367 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 14368 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 14369 unsigned FormatIdx; 14370 bool HasVAListArg; 14371 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 14372 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 14373 const char *fmt = "printf"; 14374 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 14375 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 14376 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 14377 fmt = "NSString"; 14378 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14379 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 14380 FormatIdx+1, 14381 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14382 FD->getLocation())); 14383 } 14384 } 14385 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 14386 HasVAListArg)) { 14387 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14388 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14389 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 14390 FormatIdx+1, 14391 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 14392 FD->getLocation())); 14393 } 14394 14395 // Handle automatically recognized callbacks. 14396 SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding; 14397 if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() && 14398 Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding)) 14399 FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit( 14400 Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation())); 14401 14402 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing 14403 // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM 14404 // intrinsics for such functions. 14405 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() && 14406 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) 14407 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14408 14409 // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set 14410 // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the 14411 // C standard. 14412 const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple(); 14413 if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) && 14414 !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) { 14415 switch (BuiltinID) { 14416 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma: 14417 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf: 14418 case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal: 14419 case Builtin::BIfma: 14420 case Builtin::BIfmaf: 14421 case Builtin::BIfmal: 14422 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14423 break; 14424 default: 14425 break; 14426 } 14427 } 14428 14429 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 14430 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 14431 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14432 FD->getLocation())); 14433 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 14434 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14435 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>()) 14436 FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14437 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 14438 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14439 if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) && 14440 !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) { 14441 // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode 14442 // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host 14443 // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__. 14444 if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice != 14445 Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID)) 14446 FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14447 else 14448 FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14449 } 14450 } 14451 14452 // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot 14453 // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come 14454 // across. 14455 if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind && 14456 FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) { 14457 const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 14458 if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) 14459 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 14460 } 14461 14462 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 14463 if (!Name) 14464 return; 14465 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 14466 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 14467 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 14468 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 14469 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 14470 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 14471 // about. 14472 } else 14473 return; 14474 14475 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 14476 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 14477 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 14478 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 14479 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 14480 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 14481 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 14482 FD->getLocation())); 14483 } 14484 14485 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 14486 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 14487 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 14488 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 14489 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD), 14490 FD->getLocation())); 14491 } 14492 } 14493 14494 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 14495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 14496 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 14497 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 14498 14499 if (!TInfo) { 14500 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 14501 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 14502 } 14503 14504 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 14505 TypedefDecl *NewTD = 14506 TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(), 14507 D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo); 14508 14509 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 14510 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 14511 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 14512 return NewTD; 14513 } 14514 14515 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 14516 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 14517 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 14518 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 14519 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 14520 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 14521 else 14522 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 14523 } 14524 14525 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 14526 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 14527 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 14528 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 14529 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 14530 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 14531 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 14532 case TST_enum: 14533 case TST_struct: 14534 case TST_interface: 14535 case TST_union: 14536 case TST_class: { 14537 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 14538 setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD); 14539 break; 14540 } 14541 14542 default: 14543 break; 14544 } 14545 14546 return NewTD; 14547 } 14548 14549 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 14550 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 14551 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 14552 QualType T = TI->getType(); 14553 14554 if (T->isDependentType()) 14555 return false; 14556 14557 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 14558 if (BT->isInteger()) 14559 return false; 14560 14561 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 14562 return true; 14563 } 14564 14565 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 14566 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 14567 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 14568 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed, 14569 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 14570 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 14571 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 14572 << Prev->isScoped(); 14573 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14574 return true; 14575 } 14576 14577 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 14578 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 14579 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 14580 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 14581 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 14582 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 14583 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 14584 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 14585 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 14586 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 14587 return true; 14588 } 14589 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 14590 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 14591 << Prev->isFixed(); 14592 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 14593 return true; 14594 } 14595 14596 return false; 14597 } 14598 14599 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 14600 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 14601 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 14602 /// 14603 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 14604 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 14605 switch (Tag) { 14606 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 14607 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 14608 case TTK_Class: return 2; 14609 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 14610 } 14611 } 14612 14613 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 14614 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 14615 /// 14616 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 14617 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 14618 { 14619 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 14620 } 14621 14622 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl, 14623 TagTypeKind TTK) { 14624 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14625 return NTK_Typedef; 14626 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14627 return NTK_TypeAlias; 14628 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14629 return NTK_Template; 14630 else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14631 return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate; 14632 else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl)) 14633 return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument; 14634 switch (TTK) { 14635 case TTK_Struct: 14636 case TTK_Interface: 14637 case TTK_Class: 14638 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct; 14639 case TTK_Union: 14640 return NTK_NonUnion; 14641 case TTK_Enum: 14642 return NTK_NonEnum; 14643 } 14644 llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK"); 14645 } 14646 14647 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 14648 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 14649 /// 14650 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 14651 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 14652 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 14653 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 14654 const IdentifierInfo *Name) { 14655 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 14656 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 14657 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 14658 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 14659 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 14660 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 14661 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 14662 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 14663 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 14664 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 14665 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 14666 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 14667 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 14668 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14669 if (OldTag != NewTag && 14670 !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))) 14671 return false; 14672 14673 // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags. 14674 // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point. 14675 if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 14676 return true; 14677 14678 // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored 14679 // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg) 14680 // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if 14681 // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched 14682 // declarations. 14683 auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) { 14684 return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch, 14685 Loc); 14686 }; 14687 if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc)) 14688 return true; 14689 14690 auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) { 14691 return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation()); 14692 }; 14693 while (IsIgnored(Previous)) { 14694 Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl(); 14695 if (!Previous) 14696 return true; 14697 OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 14698 } 14699 14700 bool isTemplate = false; 14701 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 14702 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 14703 14704 if (inTemplateInstantiation()) { 14705 if (OldTag != NewTag) { 14706 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 14707 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 14708 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14709 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14710 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14711 // FIXME: Note previous location? 14712 } 14713 return true; 14714 } 14715 14716 if (isDefinition) { 14717 // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 14718 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 14719 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 14720 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 14721 return true; 14722 } 14723 14724 bool previousMismatch = false; 14725 for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) { 14726 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14727 // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled. 14728 if (IsIgnored(I)) 14729 continue; 14730 14731 if (!previousMismatch) { 14732 previousMismatch = true; 14733 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 14734 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14735 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 14736 } 14737 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14738 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 14739 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 14740 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 14741 } 14742 } 14743 return true; 14744 } 14745 14746 // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if 14747 // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior 14748 // (non-ignored) declaration. 14749 const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition(); 14750 if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef)) 14751 PrevDef = nullptr; 14752 const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous; 14753 if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 14754 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 14755 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name 14756 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 14757 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 14758 14759 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 14760 if (PrevDef) { 14761 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 14762 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 14763 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 14764 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 14765 } 14766 } 14767 14768 return true; 14769 } 14770 14771 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 14772 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 14773 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 14774 /// namespace N { 14775 /// struct X; 14776 /// namespace M { 14777 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 14778 /// } 14779 /// } 14780 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 14781 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 14782 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 14783 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 14784 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 14785 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 14786 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 14787 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 14788 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 14789 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 14790 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 14791 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 14792 return FixItHint(); 14793 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 14794 Namespaces.push_back(II); 14795 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 14796 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 14797 if (Lookup == Namespace) 14798 break; 14799 } 14800 14801 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 14802 // build an NNS. 14803 SmallString<64> Insertion; 14804 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 14805 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 14806 OS << "::"; 14807 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 14808 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 14809 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 14810 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 14811 } 14812 14813 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can 14814 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup 14815 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a 14816 /// using-declaration). 14817 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC, 14818 DeclContext *NewDC) { 14819 OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext(); 14820 NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext(); 14821 14822 if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC)) 14823 return true; 14824 14825 // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either 14826 // encloses the other). 14827 if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && 14828 (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC))) 14829 return true; 14830 14831 return false; 14832 } 14833 14834 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 14835 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 14836 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 14837 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 14838 /// 14839 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or 14840 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 14841 /// 14842 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should 14843 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration. 14844 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 14845 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 14846 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 14847 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS, 14848 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 14849 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 14850 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 14851 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 14852 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType, 14853 bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg, 14854 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) { 14855 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 14856 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 14857 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 14858 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 14859 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 14860 14861 OwnedDecl = false; 14862 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 14863 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 14864 14865 // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully. 14866 bool isMemberSpecialization = false; 14867 bool Invalid = false; 14868 14869 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 14870 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 14871 // for non-C++ cases. 14872 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 14873 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 14874 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 14875 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 14876 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 14877 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) { 14878 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14879 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 14880 return nullptr; 14881 } 14882 14883 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 14884 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 14885 // be a member of another template). 14886 14887 if (Invalid) 14888 return nullptr; 14889 14890 OwnedDecl = false; 14891 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate( 14892 S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams, 14893 AS, ModulePrivateLoc, 14894 /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1, 14895 TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody); 14896 return Result.get(); 14897 } else { 14898 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 14899 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 14900 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 14901 isMemberSpecialization = true; 14902 } 14903 } 14904 } 14905 14906 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 14907 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 14908 // redeclaration. 14909 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 14910 bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum; 14911 14912 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14913 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) { 14914 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 14915 // type, default to int. 14916 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14917 } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 14918 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 14919 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 14920 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 14921 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 14922 EnumUnderlying = TI; 14923 14924 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 14925 // Recover by falling back to int. 14926 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14927 14928 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 14929 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 14930 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14931 14932 } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 14933 // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type 14934 // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set 14935 // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This 14936 // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming. 14937 if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 14938 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 14939 } 14940 } 14941 14942 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 14943 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 14944 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 14945 bool isStdAlignValT = false; 14946 14947 RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext(); 14948 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 14949 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 14950 14951 /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C 14952 /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl 14953 /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed. 14954 auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * { 14955 assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage"); 14956 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 14957 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 14958 // keyword. 14959 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 14960 TagDecl *New = nullptr; 14961 14962 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 14963 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr, 14964 ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 14965 // If this is an undefined enum, bail. 14966 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) 14967 return nullptr; 14968 if (EnumUnderlying) { 14969 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 14970 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>()) 14971 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 14972 else 14973 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0)); 14974 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 14975 } 14976 } else { // struct/union 14977 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 14978 nullptr); 14979 } 14980 14981 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 14982 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked 14983 // when the ASTContext lays out the structure. 14984 // 14985 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 14986 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 14987 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 14988 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 14989 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 14990 // parsing of the struct). 14991 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 14992 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 14993 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 14994 } 14995 } 14996 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 14997 return New; 14998 }; 14999 15000 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 15001 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15002 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 15003 15004 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 15005 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 15006 Name = nullptr; 15007 goto CreateNewDecl; 15008 } 15009 15010 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 15011 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 15012 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15013 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 15014 if (!DC) { 15015 IsDependent = true; 15016 return nullptr; 15017 } 15018 } else { 15019 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 15020 if (!DC) { 15021 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 15022 << SS.getRange(); 15023 return nullptr; 15024 } 15025 } 15026 15027 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 15028 return nullptr; 15029 15030 SearchDC = DC; 15031 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 15032 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 15033 15034 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15035 return nullptr; 15036 15037 if (Previous.empty()) { 15038 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 15039 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 15040 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 15041 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 15042 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 15043 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 15044 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 15045 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 15046 IsDependent = true; 15047 return nullptr; 15048 } 15049 15050 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 15051 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 15052 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 15053 Name = nullptr; 15054 Invalid = true; 15055 goto CreateNewDecl; 15056 } 15057 } else if (Name) { 15058 // C++14 [class.mem]p14: 15059 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 15060 // name different from T: 15061 // -- every member of class T that is itself a type 15062 if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15063 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc))) 15064 return nullptr; 15065 15066 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 15067 // declaration or definition. 15068 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 15069 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 15070 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 15071 LookupName(Previous, S); 15072 15073 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 15074 // by types using'ed into this scope. 15075 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 15076 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 15077 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15078 while (F.hasNext()) { 15079 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15080 if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 15081 SearchDC->getRedeclContext())) 15082 F.erase(); 15083 } 15084 F.done(); 15085 } 15086 15087 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 15088 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 15089 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 15090 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 15091 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 15092 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 15093 // 15094 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 15095 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 15096 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 15097 // 15098 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 15099 // semantic context? 15100 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15101 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15102 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 15103 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 15104 while (F.hasNext()) { 15105 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 15106 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15107 if (DC->isFileContext() && 15108 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 15109 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15110 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 15111 else 15112 F.erase(); 15113 } 15114 } 15115 F.done(); 15116 15117 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 15118 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 15119 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 15120 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15121 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 15122 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 15123 } 15124 } 15125 15126 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 15127 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 15128 return nullptr; 15129 15130 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 15131 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 15132 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 15133 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 15134 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 15135 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 15136 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 15137 } 15138 } 15139 15140 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 15141 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 15142 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 15143 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15144 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 15145 Previous.clear(); 15146 } 15147 15148 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 15149 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) { 15150 if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 15151 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 15152 isStdBadAlloc = true; 15153 15154 // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 15155 // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 15156 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 15157 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) 15158 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 15159 } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) { 15160 isStdAlignValT = true; 15161 if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT) 15162 Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT()); 15163 } 15164 } 15165 15166 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 15167 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 15168 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 15169 // there's a shadow friend decl. 15170 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 15171 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) { 15172 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 15173 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 15174 15175 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) { 15176 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 15177 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 15178 // 15179 // class-key identifier 15180 // 15181 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 15182 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 15183 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 15184 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 15185 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 15186 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 15187 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 15188 // declaration. 15189 // 15190 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 15191 // C structs and unions. 15192 // 15193 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 15194 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 15195 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 15196 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 15197 // 15198 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 15199 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 15200 // 15201 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 15202 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 15203 // lexical context, 15204 SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC); 15205 15206 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 15207 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15208 } else { 15209 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 15210 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 15211 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 15212 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 15213 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 15214 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 15215 } 15216 15217 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 15218 // diagnose some problems. 15219 // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a 15220 // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a 15221 // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier. In C that is not correct 15222 // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup. 15223 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15224 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15225 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 15226 } else { 15227 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 15228 LookupName(Previous, S); 15229 } 15230 } 15231 15232 // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it. 15233 if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous) 15234 Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous); 15235 15236 if (!Previous.empty()) { 15237 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 15238 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 15239 15240 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 15241 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 15242 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 15243 // in C++. 15244 // 15245 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 15246 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 15247 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 15248 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 15249 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15250 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15251 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 15252 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 15253 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 15254 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 15255 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 15256 PrevDecl = Tag; 15257 Previous.clear(); 15258 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 15259 Previous.resolveKind(); 15260 } 15261 } 15262 } 15263 } 15264 15265 // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must 15266 // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a 15267 // redefinition if either context is within the other. 15268 if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) { 15269 auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl); 15270 if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend && 15271 isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) && 15272 !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext( 15273 *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) { 15274 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 15275 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 15276 diag::note_using_decl_target); 15277 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) 15278 << 0; 15279 // Recover by ignoring the old declaration. 15280 Previous.clear(); 15281 goto CreateNewDecl; 15282 } 15283 } 15284 15285 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15286 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 15287 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 15288 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 15289 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 15290 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15291 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15292 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 15293 // struct or something similar. 15294 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 15295 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 15296 Name)) { 15297 bool SafeToContinue 15298 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 15299 Kind != TTK_Enum); 15300 if (SafeToContinue) 15301 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 15302 << Name 15303 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 15304 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 15305 else 15306 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 15307 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 15308 15309 if (SafeToContinue) 15310 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 15311 else { 15312 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 15313 Name = nullptr; 15314 Previous.clear(); 15315 Invalid = true; 15316 } 15317 } 15318 15319 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 15320 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 15321 15322 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 15323 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 15324 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15325 if (ScopedEnum) 15326 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 15327 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 15328 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 15329 return PrevTagDecl; 15330 } 15331 15332 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 15333 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 15334 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 15335 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 15336 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 15337 15338 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 15339 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 15340 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 15341 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 15342 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, 15343 IsFixed, PrevEnum)) 15344 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 15345 } 15346 15347 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 15348 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 15349 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 15350 // and then later defined. 15351 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 15352 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 15353 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 15354 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 15355 } 15356 15357 if (!Invalid) { 15358 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 15359 // we have attributes. 15360 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15361 if (!Attrs.empty()) { 15362 // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new 15363 // declaration to hold them. 15364 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference && 15365 (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() == 15366 Decl::FOK_Undeclared || 15367 PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) && 15368 SS.isEmpty()) { 15369 // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but 15370 // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes 15371 // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module. 15372 // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if 15373 // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior 15374 // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same 15375 // scope where we would have injected a declaration. 15376 if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext() 15377 ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 15378 return PrevTagDecl; 15379 // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in 15380 // that scope. 15381 S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts()); 15382 } else { 15383 return PrevTagDecl; 15384 } 15385 } 15386 15387 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 15388 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15389 if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 15390 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 15391 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 15392 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 15393 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 15394 if (isMemberSpecialization) { 15395 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 15396 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15397 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15398 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15399 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 15400 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 15401 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 15402 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 15403 } 15404 15405 // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do 15406 // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However, 15407 // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in 15408 // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89). 15409 NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr; 15410 if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) { 15411 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We 15412 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and 15413 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one 15414 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and 15415 // use it in place of this one. 15416 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15417 // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we 15418 // complete parsing the new one and do the structural 15419 // comparison. 15420 SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true; 15421 SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl(); 15422 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15423 return Def; 15424 } else { 15425 SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true; 15426 SkipBody->Previous = Def; 15427 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden); 15428 // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll 15429 // skip starting the definitiion later. 15430 } 15431 } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 15432 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 15433 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 15434 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 15435 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 15436 else 15437 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 15438 notePreviousDefinition(Def, 15439 NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc); 15440 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 15441 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 15442 // references get the previous definition. 15443 Name = nullptr; 15444 Previous.clear(); 15445 Invalid = true; 15446 } 15447 } else { 15448 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 15449 // about a nested redefinition. 15450 auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl(); 15451 if (TD->isBeingDefined()) { 15452 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 15453 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 15454 diag::note_previous_definition); 15455 Name = nullptr; 15456 Previous.clear(); 15457 Invalid = true; 15458 } 15459 } 15460 15461 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 15462 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 15463 } 15464 15465 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 15466 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 15467 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 15468 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 15469 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 15470 AS = AS_none; 15471 } 15472 } 15473 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 15474 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 15475 15476 } else { 15477 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 15478 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 15479 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 15480 // have distinct types. 15481 Previous.clear(); 15482 } 15483 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 15484 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 15485 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 15486 15487 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 15488 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 15489 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 15490 } else { 15491 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 15492 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 15493 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 15494 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 15495 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 15496 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15497 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK 15498 << Kind; 15499 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 15500 Invalid = true; 15501 15502 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 15503 } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 15504 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) { 15505 // do nothing 15506 15507 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 15508 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15509 NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind); 15510 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK; 15511 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15512 Invalid = true; 15513 15514 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 15515 // case here. 15516 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 15517 unsigned Kind = 0; 15518 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 15519 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 15520 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 15521 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 15522 Invalid = true; 15523 15524 // Otherwise, diagnose. 15525 } else { 15526 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 15527 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 15528 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 15529 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc); 15530 Name = nullptr; 15531 Invalid = true; 15532 } 15533 15534 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 15535 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 15536 Previous.clear(); 15537 } 15538 } 15539 15540 CreateNewDecl: 15541 15542 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 15543 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 15544 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 15545 15546 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 15547 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 15548 // keyword. 15549 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 15550 15551 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 15552 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 15553 // PrevDecl. 15554 TagDecl *New; 15555 15556 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 15557 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 15558 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 15559 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15560 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 15561 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed); 15562 15563 if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit())) 15564 StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15565 15566 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 15567 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 15568 TagDecl *Def; 15569 if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 15570 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 15571 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 15572 } 15573 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 15574 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 15575 << New; 15576 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 15577 } else { 15578 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 15579 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 15580 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 15581 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 15582 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 15583 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 15584 } 15585 } 15586 15587 if (EnumUnderlying) { 15588 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 15589 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 15590 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 15591 else 15592 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 15593 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 15594 assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete"); 15595 } 15596 } else { 15597 // struct/union/class 15598 15599 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 15600 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 15601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15602 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 15603 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15604 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 15605 15606 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 15607 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 15608 } else 15609 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 15610 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 15611 } 15612 15613 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 15614 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 15615 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) && 15616 TUK == TUK_Definition) { 15617 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 15618 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15619 Invalid = true; 15620 } 15621 15622 if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition && 15623 DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) { 15624 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum) 15625 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15626 Invalid = true; 15627 } 15628 15629 // Maybe add qualifier info. 15630 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 15631 if (SS.isSet()) { 15632 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 15633 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. 15634 if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 15635 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc, 15636 isMemberSpecialization)) 15637 Invalid = true; 15638 15639 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 15640 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 15641 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists); 15642 } 15643 } 15644 else 15645 Invalid = true; 15646 } 15647 15648 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 15649 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 15650 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 15651 // 15652 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 15653 // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is 15654 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 15655 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 15656 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 15657 // parsing of the struct). 15658 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) { 15659 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 15660 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 15661 } 15662 } 15663 15664 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 15665 if (isMemberSpecialization) 15666 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 15667 << 2 15668 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 15669 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 15670 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 15671 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 15672 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 15673 New->setModulePrivate(); 15674 } 15675 15676 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 15677 // check the specialization. 15678 if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 15679 Invalid = true; 15680 15681 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 15682 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 15683 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 15684 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 15685 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 15686 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15687 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 15688 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 15689 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 15690 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 15691 << Name; 15692 Invalid = true; 15693 } 15694 } else if (!PrevDecl) { 15695 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 15696 } 15697 } 15698 15699 if (Invalid) 15700 New->setInvalidDecl(); 15701 15702 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 15703 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 15704 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 15705 15706 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 15707 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 15708 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 15709 // the tag name visible. 15710 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 15711 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 15712 15713 // Set the access specifier. 15714 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 15715 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 15716 15717 if (PrevDecl) 15718 CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl); 15719 15720 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) 15721 New->startDefinition(); 15722 15723 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 15724 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 15725 15726 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 15727 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 15728 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 15729 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 15730 if (PrevDecl) 15731 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 15732 15733 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 15734 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 15735 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 15736 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 15737 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 15738 } else if (Name) { 15739 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 15740 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true); 15741 } else { 15742 CurContext->addDecl(New); 15743 } 15744 15745 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 15746 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 15747 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 15748 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 15749 II->isStr("FILE")) 15750 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 15751 15752 if (PrevDecl) 15753 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 15754 15755 if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New)) 15756 inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD); 15757 15758 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15759 // record. 15760 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 15761 15762 if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl()) 15763 CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous); 15764 15765 OwnedDecl = true; 15766 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 15767 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 15768 if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 15769 if (New->isBeingDefined()) 15770 if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) 15771 RD->completeDefinition(); 15772 return nullptr; 15773 } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) { 15774 return SkipBody->Previous; 15775 } else { 15776 return New; 15777 } 15778 } 15779 15780 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15781 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15782 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15783 15784 // Enter the tag context. 15785 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 15786 15787 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 15788 15789 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 15790 // record. 15791 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 15792 } 15793 15794 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev, 15795 SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) { 15796 if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New)) 15797 return false; 15798 15799 // Make the previous decl visible. 15800 makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous); 15801 return true; 15802 } 15803 15804 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 15805 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 15806 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 15807 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 15808 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 15809 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 15810 CurContext = OCD; 15811 return IDecl; 15812 } 15813 15814 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15815 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 15816 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 15817 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 15818 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15819 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 15820 15821 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 15822 15823 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 15824 return; 15825 15826 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 15827 Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create( 15828 Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, 15829 static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed))); 15830 15831 // C++ [class]p2: 15832 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 15833 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 15834 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 15835 // as if it were a public member name. 15836 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create( 15837 Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(), 15838 Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(), 15839 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 15840 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 15841 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 15842 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 15843 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 15844 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 15845 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 15846 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 15847 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 15848 "Broken injected-class-name"); 15849 } 15850 15851 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 15852 SourceRange BraceRange) { 15853 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15854 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15855 Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange); 15856 15857 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15858 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15859 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 15860 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15861 RD->completeDefinition(); 15862 } 15863 15864 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 15865 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 15866 } 15867 15868 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 15869 PopDeclContext(); 15870 15871 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 15872 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 15873 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 15874 15875 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 15876 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 15877 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 15878 } 15879 15880 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 15881 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 15882 PopDeclContext(); 15883 } 15884 15885 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15886 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 15887 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 15888 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 15889 } 15890 15891 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 15892 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 15893 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 15894 } 15895 15896 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 15897 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 15898 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 15899 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 15900 15901 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 15902 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 15903 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 15904 RD->completeDefinition(); 15905 } 15906 15907 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 15908 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 15909 // the FieldCollector. 15910 15911 PopDeclContext(); 15912 } 15913 15914 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 15915 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 15916 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 15917 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 15918 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 15919 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 15920 if (ZeroWidth) 15921 *ZeroWidth = true; 15922 15923 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 15924 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 15925 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 15926 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 15927 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 15928 return ExprError(); 15929 if (FieldName) 15930 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 15931 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15932 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 15933 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 15934 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 15935 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 15936 return ExprError(); 15937 15938 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 15939 // it now. 15940 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 15941 return BitWidth; 15942 15943 llvm::APSInt Value; 15944 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 15945 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 15946 return ICE; 15947 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 15948 15949 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 15950 *ZeroWidth = false; 15951 15952 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 15953 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 15954 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 15955 15956 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 15957 if (FieldName) 15958 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15959 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 15960 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 15961 << Value.toString(10); 15962 } 15963 15964 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 15965 uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 15966 uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy); 15967 bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth); 15968 15969 // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield 15970 // ABI. 15971 bool CStdConstraintViolation = 15972 BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 15973 bool MSBitfieldViolation = 15974 Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) && 15975 (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()); 15976 if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) { 15977 unsigned DiagWidth = 15978 CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize; 15979 if (FieldName) 15980 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15981 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15982 << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth; 15983 15984 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15985 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << !CStdConstraintViolation 15986 << DiagWidth; 15987 } 15988 15989 // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all 15990 // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than 15991 // 'bool'. 15992 if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType()) { 15993 if (FieldName) 15994 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15995 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 15996 << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 15997 else 15998 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width) 15999 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeWidth; 16000 } 16001 } 16002 16003 return BitWidth; 16004 } 16005 16006 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 16007 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 16008 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 16009 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 16010 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 16011 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 16012 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 16013 return Res; 16014 } 16015 16016 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 16017 /// 16018 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 16019 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16020 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 16021 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16022 AccessSpecifier AS) { 16023 if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) { 16024 const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator(); 16025 Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context) 16026 << Decomp.getSourceRange(); 16027 return nullptr; 16028 } 16029 16030 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16031 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16032 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16033 16034 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16035 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16036 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16037 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 16038 16039 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 16040 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 16041 D.setInvalidType(); 16042 T = Context.IntTy; 16043 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 16044 } 16045 } 16046 16047 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 16048 16049 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 16050 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function) 16051 << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17; 16052 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 16053 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 16054 diag::err_invalid_thread) 16055 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 16056 16057 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 16058 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 16059 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16060 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16061 LookupName(Previous, S); 16062 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 16063 case LookupResult::Found: 16064 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 16065 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 16066 break; 16067 16068 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 16069 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 16070 break; 16071 16072 case LookupResult::NotFound: 16073 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 16074 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 16075 break; 16076 } 16077 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 16078 16079 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 16080 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 16081 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 16082 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 16083 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16084 } 16085 16086 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 16087 PrevDecl = nullptr; 16088 16089 bool Mutable 16090 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 16091 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc(); 16092 FieldDecl *NewFD 16093 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 16094 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 16095 16096 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 16097 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16098 16099 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16100 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 16101 16102 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 16103 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 16104 // with the same name in the same scope. 16105 } else if (II) { 16106 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 16107 } else 16108 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 16109 16110 return NewFD; 16111 } 16112 16113 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 16114 /// 16115 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 16116 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 16117 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 16118 /// created. 16119 /// 16120 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 16121 /// 16122 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 16123 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 16124 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 16125 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 16126 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 16127 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 16128 SourceLocation TSSL, 16129 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 16130 Declarator *D) { 16131 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 16132 bool InvalidDecl = false; 16133 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 16134 16135 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 16136 // marking this declaration as invalid. 16137 if (T.isNull()) { 16138 InvalidDecl = true; 16139 T = Context.IntTy; 16140 } 16141 16142 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 16143 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 16144 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 16145 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 16146 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16147 InvalidDecl = true; 16148 } else { 16149 NamedDecl *Def; 16150 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 16151 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 16152 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16153 InvalidDecl = true; 16154 } 16155 } 16156 } 16157 16158 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space 16159 if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() || 16160 T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) { 16161 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 16162 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16163 InvalidDecl = true; 16164 } 16165 16166 if (LangOpts.OpenCL) { 16167 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be 16168 // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types. 16169 if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() || 16170 T->isBlockPointerType()) { 16171 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T; 16172 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16173 InvalidDecl = true; 16174 } 16175 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 16176 if (BitWidth) { 16177 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 16178 InvalidDecl = true; 16179 } 16180 } 16181 16182 // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229). 16183 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth && 16184 T.hasQualifiers()) { 16185 InvalidDecl = true; 16186 Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers); 16187 } 16188 16189 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16190 // than a variably modified type. 16191 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16192 bool SizeIsNegative; 16193 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 16194 16195 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 16196 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 16197 SizeIsNegative, 16198 Oversized); 16199 if (FixedTInfo) { 16200 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 16201 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 16202 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 16203 } else { 16204 if (SizeIsNegative) 16205 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 16206 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 16207 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 16208 << Oversized.toString(10); 16209 else 16210 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 16211 InvalidDecl = true; 16212 } 16213 } 16214 16215 // Fields can not have abstract class types 16216 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 16217 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16218 AbstractFieldType)) 16219 InvalidDecl = true; 16220 16221 bool ZeroWidth = false; 16222 if (InvalidDecl) 16223 BitWidth = nullptr; 16224 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 16225 if (BitWidth) { 16226 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 16227 &ZeroWidth).get(); 16228 if (!BitWidth) { 16229 InvalidDecl = true; 16230 BitWidth = nullptr; 16231 ZeroWidth = false; 16232 } 16233 } 16234 16235 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 16236 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 16237 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16238 if (T->isReferenceType()) 16239 DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference 16240 : diag::err_mutable_reference; 16241 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 16242 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 16243 16244 if (DiagID) { 16245 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 16246 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 16247 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 16248 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 16249 if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) { 16250 Mutable = false; 16251 InvalidDecl = true; 16252 } 16253 } 16254 } 16255 16256 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 16257 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 16258 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 16259 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 16260 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 16261 16262 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 16263 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 16264 if (InvalidDecl) 16265 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16266 16267 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16268 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16269 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16270 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16271 } 16272 16273 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16274 if (Record->isUnion()) { 16275 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16276 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 16277 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 16278 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 16279 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 16280 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 16281 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 16282 // objects. 16283 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 16284 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16285 } 16286 } 16287 16288 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 16289 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 16290 // enabled. 16291 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 16292 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 16293 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 16294 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 16295 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 16296 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 16297 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16298 } 16299 } 16300 } 16301 16302 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 16303 // representation, not a parser representation. 16304 if (D) { 16305 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 16306 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 16307 16308 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 16309 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 16310 } 16311 16312 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 16313 // retainable type. 16314 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 16315 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 16316 16317 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 16318 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 16319 16320 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 16321 return NewFD; 16322 } 16323 16324 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 16325 assert(FD); 16326 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 16327 16328 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 16329 return false; 16330 16331 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16332 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16333 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 16334 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 16335 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 16336 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 16337 // copy constructors. 16338 16339 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 16340 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 16341 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 16342 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 16343 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 16344 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 16345 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 16346 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 16347 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 16348 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 16349 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 16350 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 16351 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 16352 member = CXXDestructor; 16353 16354 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 16355 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 16356 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 16357 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 16358 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 16359 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 16360 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 16361 // members unavailable. 16362 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 16363 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 16364 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 16365 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "", 16366 UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc)); 16367 return false; 16368 } 16369 } 16370 16371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 16372 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 16373 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 16374 << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 16375 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 16376 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 16377 } 16378 } 16379 } 16380 16381 return false; 16382 } 16383 16384 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 16385 /// AST enum value. 16386 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 16387 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 16388 switch (ivarVisibility) { 16389 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 16390 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 16391 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 16392 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 16393 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 16394 } 16395 } 16396 16397 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 16398 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 16399 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 16400 SourceLocation DeclStart, 16401 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 16402 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 16403 16404 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 16405 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 16406 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 16407 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 16408 16409 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 16410 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 16411 16412 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 16413 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 16414 16415 if (BitWidth) { 16416 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 16417 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 16418 if (!BitWidth) 16419 D.setInvalidType(); 16420 } else { 16421 // Not a bitfield. 16422 16423 // validate II. 16424 16425 } 16426 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 16427 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 16428 D.setInvalidType(); 16429 } 16430 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 16431 // than a variably modified type. 16432 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 16433 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 16434 D.setInvalidType(); 16435 } 16436 16437 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 16438 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 16439 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 16440 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 16441 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 16442 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 16443 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 16444 return nullptr; 16445 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 16446 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16447 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16448 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 16449 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 16450 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 16451 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 16452 } 16453 else 16454 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16455 } else { 16456 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16457 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16458 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 16459 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 16460 return nullptr; 16461 } 16462 } 16463 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 16464 } 16465 16466 // Construct the decl. 16467 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 16468 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 16469 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 16470 16471 if (II) { 16472 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 16473 ForVisibleRedeclaration); 16474 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 16475 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 16476 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 16477 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 16478 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16479 } 16480 } 16481 16482 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 16483 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 16484 16485 if (D.isInvalidType()) 16486 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16487 16488 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 16489 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 16490 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 16491 16492 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 16493 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 16494 16495 if (II) { 16496 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 16497 // these to the interface. 16498 S->AddDecl(NewID); 16499 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 16500 } 16501 16502 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 16503 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 16504 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 16505 16506 return NewID; 16507 } 16508 16509 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 16510 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 16511 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 16512 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 16513 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 16514 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 16515 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 16516 return; 16517 16518 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 16519 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 16520 16521 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16522 return; 16523 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 16524 if (!ID) { 16525 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 16526 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 16527 return; 16528 } 16529 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 16530 else 16531 return; 16532 } 16533 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 16534 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 16535 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 16536 16537 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 16538 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 16539 Context.CharTy, 16540 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 16541 DeclLoc), 16542 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 16543 true); 16544 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 16545 } 16546 16547 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 16548 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 16549 SourceLocation RBrac, 16550 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 16551 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 16552 16553 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 16554 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 16555 // it will now change. 16556 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16557 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16558 switch (DC->getKind()) { 16559 default: break; 16560 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 16561 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 16562 break; 16563 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 16564 Context. 16565 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 16566 break; 16567 } 16568 } 16569 16570 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16571 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 16572 16573 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 16574 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 16575 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 16576 if (Record) { 16577 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 16578 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 16579 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 16580 ++NumNamedMembers; 16581 } 16582 } 16583 16584 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 16585 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 16586 16587 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 16588 i != end; ++i) { 16589 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 16590 16591 // Get the type for the field. 16592 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 16593 16594 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 16595 // Remember all fields written by the user. 16596 RecFields.push_back(FD); 16597 } 16598 16599 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 16600 // diagnostics about it. 16601 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 16602 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16603 continue; 16604 } 16605 16606 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 16607 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 16608 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 16609 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 16610 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 16611 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 16612 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 16613 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 16614 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 16615 // array. 16616 bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end()); 16617 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 16618 // Field declared as a function. 16619 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 16620 << FD->getDeclName(); 16621 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16622 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16623 continue; 16624 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && 16625 (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) { 16626 if (Record) { 16627 // Flexible array member. 16628 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 16629 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 16630 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 16631 unsigned DiagID = 0; 16632 if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) { 16633 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end) 16634 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind(); 16635 Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration); 16636 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16637 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16638 continue; 16639 } else if (Record->isUnion()) 16640 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16641 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 16642 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16643 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 16644 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 16645 else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) 16646 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 16647 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 16648 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 16649 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 16650 : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate; 16651 16652 if (DiagID) 16653 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 16654 << Record->getTagKind(); 16655 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 16656 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 16657 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 16658 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 16659 // of the type. 16660 if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0) 16661 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 16662 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16663 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 16664 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 16665 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 16666 16667 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 16668 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 16669 // 16670 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 16671 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 16672 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16673 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 16674 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 16675 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16676 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16677 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16678 continue; 16679 } 16680 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 16681 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16682 } else { 16683 // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted, 16684 // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done 16685 // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known. 16686 } 16687 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 16688 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16689 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 16690 // Incomplete type 16691 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16692 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 16693 continue; 16694 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16695 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 16696 // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a 16697 // flexible array member. 16698 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 16699 if (!Record->isUnion()) { 16700 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 16701 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 16702 // structures. 16703 if (!IsLastField) 16704 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 16705 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 16706 else { 16707 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 16708 // other structs as an extension. 16709 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 16710 << FD->getDeclName(); 16711 } 16712 } 16713 } 16714 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 16715 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 16716 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 16717 AbstractIvarType)) { 16718 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 16719 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 16720 } 16721 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16722 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16723 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 16724 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16725 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 16726 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 16727 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 16728 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 16729 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 16730 FD->setType(T); 16731 } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() && 16732 FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() && 16733 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) && 16734 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() && 16735 (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong || 16736 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) { 16737 // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system 16738 // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked 16739 // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can 16740 // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but 16741 // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under 16742 // ARC. 16743 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit( 16744 Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, 16745 FD->getLocation())); 16746 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC && 16747 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 16748 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 16749 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16750 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 16751 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16752 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 16753 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 16754 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 16755 BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 16756 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16757 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 16758 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 16759 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 16760 } 16761 } 16762 16763 if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 16764 !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) { 16765 QualType FT = FD->getType(); 16766 if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) { 16767 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true); 16768 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() || 16769 Record->isUnion()) 16770 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true); 16771 } 16772 QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(); 16773 if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) { 16774 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true); 16775 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 16776 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true); 16777 } 16778 if (FT.isDestructedType()) { 16779 Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true); 16780 Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true); 16781 if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion()) 16782 Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true); 16783 } 16784 16785 if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) { 16786 if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() == 16787 RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs) 16788 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16789 } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak) 16790 Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs); 16791 } 16792 16793 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 16794 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 16795 // Keep track of the number of named members. 16796 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 16797 ++NumNamedMembers; 16798 } 16799 16800 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 16801 if (Record) { 16802 bool Completed = false; 16803 if (CXXRecord) { 16804 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16805 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 16806 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 16807 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 16808 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 16809 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 16810 } 16811 16812 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 16813 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 16814 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 16815 16816 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 16817 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 16818 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 16819 // problem now. 16820 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 16821 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 16822 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 16823 16824 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 16825 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 16826 M != MEnd; ++M) { 16827 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 16828 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 16829 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 16830 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 16831 "Virtual function without overriding functions?"); 16832 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 16833 continue; 16834 16835 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 16836 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 16837 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 16838 // program is ill-formed. 16839 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 16840 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 16841 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 16842 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 16843 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 16844 OM = SO->second.begin(), 16845 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 16846 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 16847 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 16848 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 16849 16850 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 16851 } 16852 } 16853 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 16854 Completed = true; 16855 } 16856 } 16857 } 16858 } 16859 16860 if (!Completed) 16861 Record->completeDefinition(); 16862 16863 // Handle attributes before checking the layout. 16864 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs); 16865 16866 // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now. 16867 if (CXXRecord) { 16868 auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor(); 16869 if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() && 16870 ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) { 16871 CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted(); 16872 SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation()); 16873 } 16874 } 16875 16876 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 16877 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 16878 16879 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 16880 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 16881 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 16882 IA->getInheritanceModel()); 16883 } 16884 16885 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 16886 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 16887 // compatibility problems. 16888 bool CheckForZeroSize; 16889 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16890 CheckForZeroSize = true; 16891 } else { 16892 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 16893 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 16894 CheckForZeroSize = 16895 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 16896 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 16897 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 16898 } 16899 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 16900 bool ZeroSize = true; 16901 bool IsEmpty = true; 16902 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 16903 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 16904 E = Record->field_end(); 16905 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 16906 IsEmpty = false; 16907 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 16908 if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context)) 16909 ZeroSize = false; 16910 } else { 16911 ++NonBitFields; 16912 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 16913 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 16914 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 16915 ZeroSize = false; 16916 } 16917 } 16918 16919 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 16920 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 16921 // extern "C" block. 16922 if (ZeroSize) { 16923 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 16924 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 16925 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 16926 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 16927 } 16928 16929 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 16930 // but are accepted by GCC. 16931 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 16932 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 16933 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 16934 << Record->isUnion(); 16935 } 16936 } 16937 } else { 16938 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 16939 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 16940 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16941 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 16942 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 16943 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16944 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 16945 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16946 } 16947 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 16948 // duplicates. 16949 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 16950 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 16951 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 16952 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16953 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 16954 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 16955 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 16956 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 16957 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 16958 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 16959 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16960 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16961 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 16962 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 16963 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 16964 // reported as errors elsewhere. 16965 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 16966 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 16967 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 16968 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 16969 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 16970 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 16971 if (IDecl) { 16972 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 16973 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16974 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16975 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16976 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16977 continue; 16978 } 16979 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 16980 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 16981 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 16982 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 16983 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 16984 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 16985 continue; 16986 } 16987 } 16988 } 16989 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 16990 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 16991 } 16992 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 16993 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 16994 } 16995 } 16996 } 16997 16998 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 16999 /// the given type T. 17000 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 17001 llvm::APSInt &Value, 17002 QualType T) { 17003 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) && 17004 "Integral type required!"); 17005 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 17006 17007 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 17008 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 17009 --BitWidth; 17010 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 17011 } 17012 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 17013 } 17014 17015 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 17016 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 17017 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 17018 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 17019 // enum checking below. 17020 assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || 17021 T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!"); 17022 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 17023 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17024 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 17025 }; 17026 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 17027 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 17028 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 17029 }; 17030 17031 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 17032 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 17033 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 17034 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 17035 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 17036 return Types[I]; 17037 17038 return QualType(); 17039 } 17040 17041 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 17042 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 17043 SourceLocation IdLoc, 17044 IdentifierInfo *Id, 17045 Expr *Val) { 17046 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17047 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 17048 QualType EltTy; 17049 17050 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 17051 Val = nullptr; 17052 17053 if (Val) 17054 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 17055 17056 if (Val) { 17057 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 17058 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17059 else { 17060 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) { 17061 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 17062 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 17063 // constant expression of the underlying type. 17064 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17065 ExprResult Converted = 17066 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 17067 CCEK_Enumerator); 17068 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 17069 Val = nullptr; 17070 else 17071 Val = Converted.get(); 17072 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 17073 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 17074 &EnumVal).get())) { 17075 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 17076 } else { 17077 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17078 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17079 17080 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 17081 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 17082 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 17083 // expression checking. 17084 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17085 if (Context.getTargetInfo() 17086 .getTriple() 17087 .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) { 17088 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17089 } else { 17090 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 17091 } 17092 } 17093 17094 // Cast to the underlying type. 17095 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, 17096 EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean 17097 : CK_IntegralCast) 17098 .get(); 17099 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 17100 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 17101 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17102 // is the type of its initializing value: 17103 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 17104 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 17105 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17106 } else { 17107 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 17108 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 17109 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 17110 // representable as an int. 17111 17112 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 17113 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 17114 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17115 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 17116 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 17117 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 17118 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 17119 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 17120 } 17121 EltTy = Val->getType(); 17122 } 17123 } 17124 } 17125 } 17126 17127 if (!Val) { 17128 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 17129 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 17130 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 17131 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17132 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17133 // is the type of its initializing value: 17134 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 17135 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 17136 // 17137 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 17138 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 17139 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 17140 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17141 } 17142 else { 17143 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 17144 } 17145 } else { 17146 // Assign the last value + 1. 17147 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17148 ++EnumVal; 17149 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 17150 17151 // Check for overflow on increment. 17152 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 17153 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 17154 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 17155 // is the type of its initializing value: 17156 // 17157 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 17158 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 17159 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 17160 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 17161 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 17162 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 17163 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 17164 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 17165 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 17166 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 17167 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17168 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 17169 ++EnumVal; 17170 if (Enum->isFixed()) 17171 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 17172 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 17173 << EnumVal.toString(10) 17174 << EltTy; 17175 else 17176 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 17177 << EnumVal.toString(10); 17178 } else { 17179 EltTy = T; 17180 } 17181 17182 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 17183 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 17184 // value, then increment. 17185 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 17186 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17187 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17188 ++EnumVal; 17189 17190 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 17191 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 17192 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 17193 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 17194 // integral type. 17195 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 17196 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 17197 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17198 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 17199 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 17200 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 17201 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 17202 } 17203 } 17204 } 17205 17206 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 17207 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 17208 // enumerator's type. 17209 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 17210 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 17211 } 17212 17213 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 17214 Val, EnumVal); 17215 } 17216 17217 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II, 17218 SourceLocation IILoc) { 17219 if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) || 17220 !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17221 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17222 17223 // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to 17224 // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and 17225 // skip the body. 17226 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 17227 forRedeclarationInCurContext()); 17228 auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl); 17229 if (!PrevECD) 17230 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17231 17232 EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext()); 17233 NamedDecl *Hidden; 17234 if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) { 17235 SkipBodyInfo Skip; 17236 Skip.Previous = Hidden; 17237 return Skip; 17238 } 17239 17240 return SkipBodyInfo(); 17241 } 17242 17243 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 17244 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 17245 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, 17246 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 17247 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 17248 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 17249 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 17250 17251 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 17252 // we find one that is. 17253 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 17254 17255 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 17256 // scope. 17257 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration); 17258 LookupName(R, S); 17259 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 17260 17261 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 17262 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 17263 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 17264 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 17265 PrevDecl = nullptr; 17266 } 17267 17268 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 17269 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 17270 // different from T: 17271 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 17272 // enumerated type 17273 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped()) 17274 DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(), 17275 DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc)); 17276 17277 EnumConstantDecl *New = 17278 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 17279 if (!New) 17280 return nullptr; 17281 17282 if (PrevDecl) { 17283 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 17284 // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled. 17285 CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R); 17286 } 17287 17288 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 17289 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 17290 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 17291 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 17292 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 17293 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17294 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 17295 else 17296 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 17297 notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc); 17298 return nullptr; 17299 } 17300 } 17301 17302 // Process attributes. 17303 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs); 17304 AddPragmaAttributes(S, New); 17305 17306 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 17307 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 17308 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 17309 17310 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 17311 17312 return New; 17313 } 17314 17315 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 17316 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 17317 // Element2 = Element1 17318 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 17319 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 17320 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 17321 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 17322 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 17323 if (!InitExpr) 17324 return true; 17325 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 17326 17327 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 17328 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 17329 return true; 17330 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 17331 if (!IL) 17332 return true; 17333 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 17334 return true; 17335 17336 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 17337 } 17338 17339 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 17340 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 17341 if (!DRE) 17342 return true; 17343 17344 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 17345 if (!EnumConstant) 17346 return true; 17347 17348 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 17349 Enum) 17350 return true; 17351 17352 return false; 17353 } 17354 17355 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 17356 // a previous element has already been set to. 17357 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 17358 EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) { 17359 // Avoid anonymous enums 17360 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 17361 return; 17362 17363 // Only check for small enums. 17364 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 17365 return; 17366 17367 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 17368 return; 17369 17370 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 17371 typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector; 17372 17373 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 17374 typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap; 17375 17376 // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for DenseMap keys. 17377 auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) { 17378 llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal(); 17379 return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(); 17380 }; 17381 17382 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 17383 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 17384 17385 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 17386 // an initializer. 17387 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17388 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17389 17390 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 17391 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 17392 if (!ECD) { 17393 return; 17394 } 17395 17396 // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop. 17397 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 17398 continue; 17399 17400 // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop. 17401 EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD}); 17402 } 17403 17404 if (EnumMap.size() == 0) 17405 return; 17406 17407 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 17408 for (auto *Element : Elements) { 17409 // The last loop returned if any constant was null. 17410 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element); 17411 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 17412 continue; 17413 17414 auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD)); 17415 if (Iter == EnumMap.end()) 17416 continue; 17417 17418 DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second; 17419 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 17420 // Ensure constants are different. 17421 if (D == ECD) 17422 continue; 17423 17424 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 17425 auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>(); 17426 Vec->push_back(D); 17427 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17428 17429 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 17430 Entry = Vec.get(); 17431 17432 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 17433 // diagnostics. 17434 DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec)); 17435 continue; 17436 } 17437 17438 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 17439 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 17440 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 17441 continue; 17442 17443 Vec->push_back(ECD); 17444 } 17445 17446 // Emit diagnostics. 17447 for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) { 17448 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 17449 17450 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 17451 auto *FirstECD = Vec->front(); 17452 S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 17453 << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17454 << FirstECD->getSourceRange(); 17455 17456 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 17457 // the same value. 17458 for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end())) 17459 S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 17460 << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10) 17461 << ECD->getSourceRange(); 17462 } 17463 } 17464 17465 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val, 17466 bool AllowMask) const { 17467 assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum"); 17468 assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition"); 17469 17470 auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt())); 17471 llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second; 17472 17473 if (R.second) { 17474 for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) { 17475 const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal(); 17476 // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values. 17477 if (EVal.isPowerOf2()) 17478 FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal; 17479 } 17480 } 17481 17482 // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's 17483 // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is 17484 // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we 17485 // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value. 17486 // 17487 // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is 17488 // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is 17489 // likely a logic error. 17490 llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth()); 17491 return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val)); 17492 } 17493 17494 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange, 17495 Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S, 17496 const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) { 17497 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 17498 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 17499 17500 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs); 17501 17502 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 17503 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17504 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17505 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17506 if (!ECD) continue; 17507 17508 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17509 } 17510 17511 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 17512 return; 17513 } 17514 17515 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 17516 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 17517 // emit a warning. 17518 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 17519 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 17520 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 17521 17522 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 17523 // reverse the list. 17524 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 17525 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 17526 17527 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 17528 bool AllElementsInt = true; 17529 17530 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 17531 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 17532 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 17533 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17534 17535 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17536 17537 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 17538 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 17539 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 17540 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 17541 else 17542 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 17543 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 17544 17545 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common). 17546 if (AllElementsInt) 17547 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 17548 } 17549 17550 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 17551 QualType BestType; 17552 unsigned BestWidth; 17553 17554 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 17555 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 17556 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 17557 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 17558 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 17559 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 17560 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 17561 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 17562 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 17563 QualType BestPromotionType; 17564 17565 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 17566 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 17567 // enum definitions. 17568 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 17569 Packed = true; 17570 17571 // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the 17572 // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators. 17573 if (Enum->isComplete()) { 17574 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 17575 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 17576 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 17577 else 17578 BestPromotionType = BestType; 17579 17580 BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType); 17581 } 17582 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 17583 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 17584 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 17585 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 17586 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 17587 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 17588 BestWidth = CharWidth; 17589 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 17590 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 17591 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 17592 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 17593 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 17594 BestType = Context.IntTy; 17595 BestWidth = IntWidth; 17596 } else { 17597 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 17598 17599 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 17600 BestType = Context.LongTy; 17601 } else { 17602 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 17603 17604 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 17605 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 17606 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 17607 } 17608 } 17609 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 17610 } else { 17611 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 17612 // all of the enumerator values. 17613 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 17614 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 17615 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 17616 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 17617 BestWidth = CharWidth; 17618 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 17619 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 17620 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 17621 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 17622 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 17623 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 17624 BestWidth = IntWidth; 17625 BestPromotionType 17626 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17627 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 17628 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 17629 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 17630 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 17631 BestPromotionType 17632 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17633 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 17634 } else { 17635 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 17636 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 17637 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 17638 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 17639 BestPromotionType 17640 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17641 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 17642 } 17643 } 17644 17645 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 17646 // the type of the enum if needed. 17647 for (auto *D : Elements) { 17648 auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17649 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17650 17651 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 17652 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 17653 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 17654 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 17655 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 17656 17657 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 17658 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17659 17660 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 17661 // the enum decl type. 17662 QualType NewTy; 17663 unsigned NewWidth; 17664 bool NewSign; 17665 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 17666 !Enum->isFixed() && 17667 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 17668 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 17669 NewWidth = IntWidth; 17670 NewSign = true; 17671 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 17672 // Already the right type! 17673 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17674 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17675 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17676 // enumeration. 17677 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17678 continue; 17679 } else { 17680 NewTy = BestType; 17681 NewWidth = BestWidth; 17682 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 17683 } 17684 17685 // Adjust the APSInt value. 17686 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 17687 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 17688 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 17689 17690 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 17691 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 17692 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 17693 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 17694 CK_IntegralCast, 17695 ECD->getInitExpr(), 17696 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 17697 VK_RValue)); 17698 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 17699 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 17700 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 17701 // enumeration. 17702 ECD->setType(EnumType); 17703 else 17704 ECD->setType(NewTy); 17705 } 17706 17707 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 17708 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 17709 17710 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 17711 17712 if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) { 17713 for (Decl *D : Elements) { 17714 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D); 17715 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 17716 17717 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 17718 if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() && 17719 !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true)) 17720 Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range) 17721 << ECD << Enum; 17722 } 17723 } 17724 17725 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 17726 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 17727 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 17728 } 17729 17730 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 17731 SourceLocation StartLoc, 17732 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 17733 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 17734 17735 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 17736 AsmString, StartLoc, 17737 EndLoc); 17738 CurContext->addDecl(New); 17739 return New; 17740 } 17741 17742 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17743 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17744 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17745 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17746 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17747 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 17748 LookupOrdinaryName); 17749 AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc), 17750 AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma); 17751 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit( 17752 Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info); 17753 17754 // If a declaration that: 17755 // 1) declares a function or a variable 17756 // 2) has external linkage 17757 // already exists, add a label attribute to it. 17758 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17759 if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl)) 17760 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 17761 else 17762 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied) 17763 << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl; 17764 // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers. 17765 } else 17766 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr)); 17767 } 17768 17769 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17770 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17771 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 17772 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 17773 17774 if (PrevDecl) { 17775 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma)); 17776 } else { 17777 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17778 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 17779 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 17780 } 17781 } 17782 17783 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 17784 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 17785 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 17786 SourceLocation NameLoc, 17787 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 17788 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 17789 LookupOrdinaryName); 17790 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 17791 17792 if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) { 17793 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 17794 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 17795 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 17796 } else { 17797 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 17798 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 17799 } 17800 } 17801 17802 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 17803 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 17804 } 17805 17806 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD) { 17807 // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated. 17808 if (FD->isDependentContext()) 17809 return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded; 17810 17811 FunctionEmissionStatus OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 17812 if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) { 17813 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 17814 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 17815 if (DevTy.hasValue()) { 17816 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host) 17817 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 17818 else if (DeviceKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0) 17819 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17820 } 17821 } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP) { 17822 // In OpenMP 4.5 all the functions are host functions. 17823 if (LangOpts.OpenMP <= 45) { 17824 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17825 } else { 17826 Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy = 17827 OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl()); 17828 // In OpenMP 5.0 or above, DevTy may be changed later by 17829 // #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*). Therefore DevTy 17830 // having no value does not imply host. The emission status will be 17831 // checked again at the end of compilation unit. 17832 if (DevTy.hasValue()) { 17833 if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost) { 17834 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded; 17835 } else if (DeviceKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0) { 17836 OMPES = FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17837 } 17838 } 17839 } 17840 } 17841 if (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded || 17842 (OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted && !LangOpts.CUDA)) 17843 return OMPES; 17844 17845 if (LangOpts.CUDA) { 17846 // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted. Similarly, 17847 // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted. 17848 // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this 17849 // doesn't count for our purposes here.) 17850 Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD); 17851 if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host) 17852 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 17853 if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 17854 (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global)) 17855 return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded; 17856 17857 // Check whether this function is externally visible -- if so, it's 17858 // known-emitted. 17859 // 17860 // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we 17861 // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will 17862 // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline". 17863 FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition(); 17864 17865 if (Def && 17866 !isDiscardableGVALinkage(getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def)) 17867 && (!LangOpts.OpenMP || OMPES == FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted)) 17868 return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted; 17869 } 17870 17871 // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of 17872 // known-emitted functions. 17873 return (DeviceKnownEmittedFns.count(FD) > 0) 17874 ? FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted 17875 : FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown; 17876 } 17877 17878 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) { 17879 // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the 17880 // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked. 17881 // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function 17882 // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the 17883 // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling 17884 // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as 17885 // known-emitted. 17886 return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && 17887 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global; 17888 } 17889